Download Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other

Equipment planning guide
for vocational and technical training and education programmes
Audiovisual, draughting
office, reproduction and
other ancillary
equipment and supplies
Second edition (revised) 1984
e e e e e e e e e *
• •
•
• • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • •
•••••••••••••••••••••••
•!•!•!•»»»!•>!•!•!•!•!•
••••••••»
»• • • • • • • •<
"«•••••••••••«•••••••••••«•••••A*!
!•• •• ••• ••• %
•• •£• • •• ••• ••• ••••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••» •
:•:•:•:•:
International Labour Office
%C(bOÎ/û?37 BMóC
C 5)
•
• • • • • •
•
• • • • • •
•
• • • • •
• •
• •
•
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • a *
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • a *
« • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • a
•
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • e
• • • • • • •
• • • • • •
•••••••••••••••••••Vf
••••••••••••••••••••••
»•>>•••••••%•••••••*
Geneva
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • )
• •_•
Copyright © International Labour Organisation 1979 and 1984
Publications of the International Labour Office enjoy copyright under Protocol 2 of the Universal Copyright
Convention. Nevertheless, short excerpts from them may be reproduced without authorisation, on condition that the
source is indicated. For rights of reproduction or translation, application should be made to the Publications Branch
(Rights and Permissions), International Labour Office, CH-1211 Geneva 22, Switzerland. The International Labour
Office welcomes such applications.
ISBN 92-2-103815-7
ISSN 0250-8834
First published 1979
Second edition (revised) 1984
The designations employed in ILO publications, which are in conformity with United Nations practice, and the
presentation of material therein do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the International
Labour Office concerning the legal status of any country or territory or of its authorities, or concerning the delimitation
of its frontiers.
The responsibility for opinions expressed in signed articles, studies and other contributions rests solely with their
authors, and publication does not constitute an endorsement by the International Labour Office of the opinions
expressed in them.
ILO publications can be obtained through major booksellers or ILO local offices in many countries, or direct from ILO
Publications, International Labour Office, CH-1211 Geneva 22, Switzerland. A catalogue or list of new publications will
be sent free of charge from the above address.
Printed in Sweden
FOREWORD
1. This
second
edition of Equipment
Planning
Guide
15 aims at bringing up-to-date and improving the content of
first edition with r e g a r d to latest technological developments.
2. The purpose
guidance and help to:
of
equipment
planning
guides
is
to
no.
the
provide
- government
departments
and
national
institutions
in
the
developing countries,
national
project directors,
teachers,
i n s t r u c t o r s , chief technical a d v i s e r s , e x p e r t s , c o n s u l t a n t s ,
e t c . , so that they may plan t h e i r equipment requirements
with accuracy and speed and produce precisely
definded
technical specifications for equipment requests and workshop
layouts;
- purchasers
in
developing
and
industrialised
countries,
with
a view to simplifying
procedures for
international
competitive bidding and placing o r d e r s ;
- firms in developing and i n d u s t r i a l i s e d countries, to enable
them to u n d e r s t a n d exactly what is needed when they receive
invitations to tender;
- teachers
and
instructors
everywhere,
so t h a t
they
may
provide l e a r n e r s with technical specifications and information
on the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of items of equipment in the guide
lists.
3. The text of this guide is in English.
An a l p h a b e t i c a l
index of items titles included in the equipment lists is attached
in English;
numerical indexes are attached in English,
French
and Spanish. A French version of this guide is also a v a i l a b l e .
L,. The terminology in this guide r e l a t e s to commonly used
expressions although definitions may v a r y from country to country.
Wherever possible i n t e r n a t i o n a l l y recognised s t a n d a r d s were a p p l i e d .
Metric definitions have been given priority over inch definitions.
5. This planning
The authors are :
guide
is
the
result
of
a
collective
effort.
- S. Schoen, Chief of ILO's Technical Co-operation Equipment
and Subcontracting
Branch (EQUIPRO), who developed the
conceptual, technical and editorial framework;
_ V. Remesh, Senior Procurement
Specialist
(EQUIPRO), who
undertook the technical evaluation of the content, the development and validation of texts and i l l u s t r a t i o n s ;
_ J. Gottling, Procurement Specialist
pated in the technical evaluation
of texts;
- B. Andersson, Consultant
Council, who developed
and some of the t e x t s .
(EQUIPRO), who p a r t i c i and in the proof-reading
appointed
by
the g r a p h i c a l
-
Ill
the Swedish
Export
layouts, illustrations
6. The authors recognise that their attempt to define and
compile comprehensive equipment
planning
guides
is
a
difficult
and complex u n d e r t a k i n g .
The Technical Co-operation Equipment
and Subcontracting Branch (EQUIPRO) at ILO Headquarters would
be grateful therefore to the u s e r s for any comments and suggestions
on how t h i s guide could be further improved.
The guide will
be revised at i n t e r v a l s of about five y e a r s if the need a r i s e s .
7. While every care has been taken to ensure the accuracy
of the technical d a t a in this g u i d e , the ILO and the authors cannot
accept
responsibility
for
any
errors which may have
occured.
Specifications
which are subject to change should be confirmed
when placing orders with s u p p l i e r s .
8. Subject to mutual agreement, users of t h i s planning guide
may also a v a i l themselves of the experience, expertise and services
which the ILO can render in p l a n n i n g , p u r c h a s i n g and delivering
technical co-operation equipment.
Enquiries should be addressed
to:
Technical Co-operation Equipment
and Subcontracting Branch (EQUIPRO)
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Labour Office
CH-12U
Geneva 22 (Switzerland)
9. The ILO gratefully acknowledges the financial assistance
of the Swedish Export Council which permitted
the
preparation
of this g u i d e .
- IV -
CONTENTS
Pag€
III
FOREWORD
HOW TO PLAN EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
HOW TO USE THE EQUIPMENT GUIDE LIST
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Audiovisual Equipment a n d Supplies
Office E q u i p m e n t a n d S u p p l i e s
Office Machines
Draughting Equipment a n d Supplies
Office a n d Classroom F u r n i t u r e
Reproduction Equipment a n d Supplies
P a p e r a n d P a p e r H a n d l i n g Machines
Safety a n d Other A n c i l l a r y E q u i p m e n t a n d S u p p l i e s
4
36
66
80
102
118
138
150
How To A r r a n g e A u d i o v i s u a l Equipment
How To P r e p a r e T r a n s p a r e n c i e s
Paper - Envelopes
How To Use I n k D r a w i n g P e n s a n d L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e s
Different Methods of R e p r o d u c t i o n
C l a s s i f i c a t i o n of F i r e s
165
166
167
168
169
171
ANNEXES
Annex
Annex
Annex
Annex
Annex
Annex
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ITEM TITLES
-
English
172
NUMERICAL INDEX OF ITEM TITLES
-
English
French
Spanish
188
204
221
EQUIPMENT REQUEST (MODEL)
237
LIST OF ILO EQUIPMENT PLANNING GUIDES
238
- V -
HOW TO PLAN EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
1. When planning
equipment
for vocational
and
technical
training
and education programmes,
it is important to provide
a clear idea of the equipment and layout features desired.
Equipment
l i s t s for workshop layouts need not be as detailed as purchasing
requests but they should give the architect all the information
he needs to design an effective layout and to provide safe and
adequate operating space.
2. The
responsibility
for
recommending
equipment
be
given
to experienced
i n s t r u c t o r s / e d u c a t o r s ' who are
involved in the relevant programme.
should
directly
3. Cost should not be the primary criterion for selection.
Function, design and after-sales service a r e the three most important
considerations
and
others
are
durability,
accuracy,
versatility
and low operating costs.
4. Functional
equipment
must
be well-designed,
easy to u s e .
It must be selected for i t s compatibility
contribution to the t r a i n i n g / e d u c a t i o n programme, to which
form an essential complement, and it should have the
and
degree of technical sophistication
a p p r o p r i a t e to
of skills of those who will use it.
5- Incomplete
requests slow down
or the . supply of
Requests should be
is in accordance with
safe
and
with and
it should
capacity
the level
or over-elaborate specifications in purchasing
the process and may result in l a t e deliveries
inadequate, unnecessary or costly
equipment.
carefully
reviewed to ensure that equipment
the needs of the p a r t i c u l a r programme.
6. To ensure fair competition,
specifications
should be so
worded a n d ' detailed as to permit and encourage the widest possible
market coverage.
Specifications must be broad enough to allow
several suppliers to submit bids whilst containing enough detail
to
indicate c l e a r l y
the essential
characteristics
of each
item.
Such specifications
enable the suppliers to understand p a r t i c u l a r
requirements and to quote correctly.
7. Specifications
should
not
list
features
which are
not
strictly necessary, otherwise certain s u p p l i e r s might, quite wrongly,
be
discouraged
from
bidding
or unnecessary
expenditure
might
be i n c u r r e d .
It i s , however, important to mention special requirements
of local laws or conditions, such as t r o p i c a l i s a t i o n and/or dust
proofing, the system of weights and measures in use, etc.
8.
In exceptional cases the programme may require equipment
which is not r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e and will have to be specially made.
In such c a s e s , detailed descriptions and drawings should be provided
in enough copies, depending on the type of equipment and the
number of firms to be consulted. When the use to which an item
of equipment is to be put is not made sufficiently clear by the
mention of its name alone, it should be described fully in the
equipment r e q u e s t .
- 1 -
9. It is essential t h a t there should be an efficient inventory
system on the spot, in which the records a r e kept of a l l equipment
purchased.
As new equipment is received it should be recorded
immediately in the inventory, which should contain such information
as:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
inventory number
name or description
s e r i a l number
purchase order number
cost
supplier or manufacturer
date of p u r c h a s e
location
maintenance record
The information in the inventory will be useful when ordering
replacement items and for accounting for a n n u a l maintenance costs.
It will also indicate when maintenance is r e q u i r e d more frequently
than is normal, in which case it may be time to consider the purchase
of new equipment.
-2-
HOW TO USE THE EQUIPMENT GUIDE LIST
1. The l i s t of equipment in this guide consists of items
commonly used in the respective subject a r e a s of vocational and
technical t r a i n i n g and education programmes.
As opposed to the
other guides in this series, t h i s guide does not distinguish between
"basic" and "optional" items.
It has also not been designed for
a p a r t i c u l a r number of l e a r n e r s .
To provide for a maximum degree
of flexibility it has been left to the users of the list to complete,
as necessary, the quantity column and to decide which items and
quantities are r e q u i r e d , t a k i n g into account local conditions, varying
numbers of l e a r n e r s ,
different
levels of t r a i n i n g / e d u c a t i o n
and
the funds a v a i l a b l e .
2. For the sake of c l a r i t y and tc avoid problems when ordering, a
numerical code is used to identify each item, the first group
of figures i n d i c a t i n g the revision (1) and the planning guide (15),
the second the section and the t h i r d the i n d i v i d u a l item within a
section. For example, the code for the first item in section 1 (Audiov i s u a l Equipment and Supplies) is 115.1.1, and for the second item
115.1.2. Based on project requirements a similar numerical code should
be used whenever equipment requests are prepared (see also chapter
"Equipment Request (Model)").
3. All items in the l i s t have n e u t r a l technical specifications
so that they may be used for i n t e r n a t i o n a l competitive b i d d i n g .
4. The
described.
illustrations
represent
equipment
5. In the beginning
of each
of its content is provided a s well as
to use best the different items.
-3-
similar
section a
some ideas
to the
items
short
description
and hints of how
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Section 1 - Audiovisual Equipment and Supplies
The audiovisual equipment listed in this section is intended to
cover requirements for instruction and education in classrooms,
laboratories and workshops of small, medium and l a r g e sizes.
The items may also be used for equipping small to medium size
auditoriums for the planning and management of t r a i n i n g p r o grammes, for language t r a i n i n g centres and for mobile t r a i n i n g
situations.
Annex I
Annex II
-
How to a r r a n g e audiovisual equipment
How to p r e p a r e t r a n s p a r e n c i e s
Equipment and supplies required for mass production of audiovisual
media a r e , however, not covered by this section. The b a s i c darkroom
kit is for developing and p r i n t i n g black a n d white s t i l l pictures
only. However, as there are some developing processes of colour still
films which can be performed within given projects, provision has
been made in this guide for the ordering of chemicals. The code
number of the colour developing process should be specified in
equipment r e q u e s t s .
This section also
broadcasting and
cassette formats,
specifications are
includes video equipment. In view of different TV
colour coding systems as well as v a r y i n g video
projects should ensure t h a t detailed and full
given in their r e q u e s t s .
Page
4
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Item
Description
115.1.1
Portable Overhead Projector
Quantity
Illustration
with wide angle lens for short
projection d i s t a n c e ,
a p p r o x . 250-400 Watt halogène
lamp, working surface
250 x 250 mm,
complete with:
5 spare b u l b s ,
strong c a r r y i n g c a s e ,
cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual.
115.1.2
Stationary Overhead Projector
with high q u a l i t y optical a n d
ventilation system, strongly
constructed for medium-sized
classrooms, a p p r o x . 250 Watt
low voltage lamp, working
surface 285 x 285 mm,
complete with:
5 spare b u l b s ,
strong dust cover,
cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual.
115.1.3
Overhead Projector with Reel
Attachment
strongly constructed for medium and
l a r g e - s i z e d classrooms, a p p r o x .
400 Watt low voltage lamp, working
surface 285 x 285 mm,
complete with:
2 acetate reels (approx. 20 m e a c h ) ,
dust cover,
cable and p l u g ,
5 spare b u l b s ,
u s e r ' s manual.
Note: see Annex 1 where to
place projector in the room
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
5
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.1.4
Quantity
Illustration
Trolley for Overhead Projectors
strong construction with two
swivel type castors
complete with:
shelf for overhead projector,
approx. 450 x 400 mm,
two extended work tops,
approx. 400 x 350 mm each,
to be delivered dismantled.
115.1.5
Transparency Maker
dry thermal copying process without
liquid or chemicals, for making
t r a n s p a r e n c i e s from typed o r i g i n a l s ,
photocopies manuscripts or drawings
for overhead projection,
complete with:
5 spare b e l t s ,
5 spare b u l b s ,
plastic dust cover,
cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual.
115.1.6
Transparency Preparation Kit Medium
containing essential items for making
A4 size t r a n s p a r e n c i e s ,
one set of 4 colours permanent pens,
medium t i p ,
one set of 4 colours water soluble
pens, medium t i p ,
one set of assorted rub on l e t t e r s ,
approx. 200 t r a n s p a r e n c y sheets A4
for write-on,
approx. 100 t r a n s p a r e n c y frames for
A4 size t r a n s p a r e n c i e s ,
supplied in a c a r r y i n g c a s e .
Note: see Annex II how to
prepare t r a n s p a r e n c i e s
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
6
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Descriptor
115.1.7
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Transparency Preparation Kit
Large
containing essential items for making
professional A4 size t r a n s p a r e n c i e s
one portable drawing board A4
one set of 8 colours permanent p e n s ,
medium tip
one set of 8 colours permanent p e n s ,
broad t i p
one compass
one template s t r a i g h t type 0,5 mm
one set of 4 ink drawing pens b l u e ,
b l a c k , red and green, 0,5 mm tip
a p p r o x . 200 t r a n s p a r e n c y sheets A4
for write-on
a p p r o x . 25 pes each of b l u e , r e d ,
green and yellow t r a n s p a r e n c y sheets
A4 for t r a n s p a r e n c y maker,
supplied in a p l a s t i c c a r r y i n g c a s e .
115.1.8
Write-On Transparency Sheets
clear film for use with overheadprojectors,
a p p r o x . 200 sheets per p a c k ,
size A4.
Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets
for making t r a n s p a r e n c i e s in a
t r a n s p a r e n c y maker, also s u i t a b l e
for w r i t i n g ,
a p p r o x . 100 sheets per box ,
size A4.
115.1.9 Clear.
115.1.10 Blue.
115.1.11 Red.
115.1.12 Green.
Yellow.
115.1.13
115.1.14 Acetate Reel
c l e a r t r a n s p a r e n c y reels, to mount
on overhead projector reel
attachment, approx 20 m per r e e l ,
width 285 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
7
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.1.15
Quantity
Illustration
Transparency Sheets - Squared
clear film with a 5 mm g r i d ,
approx. 50 sheets per pack,
size A4.
115.1.16
Transparency Frames
for mounting of A4 size t r a n s parencies,
approx. 50 paper frames per pack.
115.1.17
Mounting Frames
for preparation of t r a n s p a r e n c y
overlay for up to six A4 t r a n s parencies,
approx. 5 pes per pack.
115.1.18
Transparency Flip Frame
clear plastic cover for A4 t r a n s parencies, with 2 flaps to avoid
side lights of overhead projectors
and for making notes on,
with strong i n t e r n a t i o n a l punched
rim for filing,
approx. 100 pes per pack.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
8
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.1.19
Quantity
Date of Issue
September 1984
llustration
Marking Pens - Permanent
set of 8 permanent pens in
different colours for overhead
projection, in p l a s t i c b a g s .
115.1.20
Marking Pens - Water-soluble
set of 8 water-soluble pens in
different colours for overhead
projection, in p l a s t i c b a g s .
115.1.21
Eraser for Transparencies
special e r a s e r for t r a n s p a r e n c i e s ,
to remove permanent and n o n permanent m a r k i n g s ,
approx. 12 pes per box.
115.1.22
Compass for Transparencies
for use with overhead-projection
marking pens on t r a n s p a r e n c i e s
with b a l l jointed suction foot.
115.1.23
Marking Pens Set
a l a r g e assortment of pens for
writing or drawing on t r a n s p a r e n c i e s , in strong p l a s t i c
case,
containing:
8 fine and medium water soluble
pens in different colours,
8 fine and medium permanent pens
in different colours,
2 water soluble broad p e n s , blue
and green,
2 permanent broad pens, black
and red,
1 compass with suction foot,
1 eraser.
Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
9
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.1.24
Quantity
llustration
Slide and Filmstrip Projector
for projection of 24 x 36 mm slides
and filmstrips, strong construction,
semi automatic, with 150 Watt
halogène lamp,
complete with:
remote control u n i t ,
filmstrip attachment,
zoom lens 70-120 mm,
2 slide t r a y for 50 slides each,
5 spare b u l b s ,
carrying case,
cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual.
Note: see Annex I where to
place projector in the room
115.1.25
Slide Projector
for projection of 24 x 36 mm slides,
strongly constructed, semi-automatic
operating mechanism and focusing
device, with 250 Watt halogène lamp,
complete with:
zoom lens 70-120 mm,
remote control unit,
10 metres extension cable for
remote control,
2 slide t r a y for 50 slides each,
5 spare b u l b s ,
carrying case,
cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual.
115.1.26
Slide Trays
for 50 slides 24 x 36 mm,
complete with storage case.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
10
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
llustration
115.1.27 Portable Sound-Slide Projector
for presentation and information
purposes, with possibility to
compose a complete slide show,
supplied in a c a r r y i n g case
slide projector with 100 Watt
halogène lamp,
projection either on b u i l t - i n d a y light screen, a p p r o x . 200 x 200 mm,
or on s e p a r a t e projection screen,
cassette recorder, with a b u i l t - i n
and an e x t e r n a l microphone, with
recording impulse button for a u t o matic change of the slides and
automatic stop,
loudspeaker a p p r o x . 7 W,
complete with:
5 spare b u l b s ,
s t a n d a r d lens 60 mm,
zoom lens 85-150 mm,
2 slide t r a y s for 50 slides each,
5 sound cassettes 60 minutes,
remote control,
cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual,
service manual.
115.1.28 Sound Slide Projector
with synchronized recording of
sound slide programmes,
projection either on b u i l t - i n daylight screen or on a s e p a r a t e
projection screen,
b u i l t - i n cassette recorder for
speaker texts or commentaries,
amplifier and speaker, 80/100
Watt lamp,
complete with:
microphone,
p a i r of headphones,
2 carousel slide t r a y s , 80 slides
each,
5 sound cassettes 60 minutes,
5 spare b u l b s ,
dust cover,
cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual,
service manual.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
11
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
llustration
115.1.29 Carousel Slide Projector
heavy duty projector for 24 x 36 mm
slide, automatic operating
mechanism and focusing device,
with 250 Watt low voltage lamp,
complete with:
zoom lens 70-120 mm,
remote control unit,
10 metres extension cable for
remote control,
2 carousel slide t r a y s , 80 slides
each,
5 spare b u l b s ,
dust cover,
carrying case,
cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual.
115.1.29A Carousel Slide Tray
for 80 s l i d e s , 50 x 50 mm,
complete with storage case
115.1.30 Light Pointer
to point out details when
projecting slides, or overhead
t r a n s p a r e n c i e s , with a d j u s t able focus, b a t t e r y or AC
supply,
complete with:
5 spare b u l b s ,
one set of batteries (if b a t t e r y
operated).
115.1.31 Portable Cassette Recorder
with stereo or mono recording, b u i l t in mono speaker suitable to add
sound to slide projector programme,
with sockets for loudspeaker, microphone, headphones and synchronizing
unit,
operated either by b a t t e r y and/or
mains supply,
complete with:
one set of batteries (if b a t t e r y
operated),
synchronizing unit,
5 sound cassettes 60 minutes,
microphone,
cable and plug,
u s e r ' s manual,
service manual.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
12
Equipment guide list
Date of issue
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.1.32
Quantity
Illustration
Slide Mounts
hinged for easy hand mounting and
r e - u s e , with anti-reflex g l a s s ,
plastic type,
slide size 24 x 36 mm,
a p p r o x . 100 pes per pack.
115.1.33
"—1
-
Thermo Slide
shows the temperature of the
projector, to protect slides
from being used in overheated
conditions,
slide size 24 x 36 mm.
115.1.34
September 1984
•*
Black Slides
to prevent white g l a r e on screen
when no slide is in projector,
slide size 24 x 36 mm,
a p p r o x . 50 pes per pack.
115.1.35
Cleaning Brush with Bellows
to remove dust from slides and
lenses with a rubber bellows
and a b r u s h .
115.1.36
Pointer Pen
telescopic pointer with pen and
clip,
max length 600 mm.
115.1.37
Screen Cleaner
sealed p a p e r cloth for cleaning of
surfaces of glass or metal,
anti-static,
a p p r o x . 50 pes per pack.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
13
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.1.38
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Opaque Projector
with object field of a p p r o x .
300 x 300 mm and adjustable wide
angle lens for short projection
distance,
1000 Watt halogène lamp,
built-in fan and heat protection,
filter and light shield to prevent
light leakage when changing
originals,
complete with:
lens 3,8/480 mm,
5 spare b u l b s ,
plastic dust cover,
u s e r ' s manual.
II5.I.39
Sound Motion Picture Camera, 8 mm
for 18 and 24 frames per second,
slow motion and single frame
facilities,
zoom lens 9-45 mm f/1,4,
with b u i l t - i n microphone,
complete with:
one set of b a t t e r i e s ,
carrying case,
u s e r ' s manual.
Note : colour films for 8 mm sound
motion picture camera on page 25
115.1.40
Sound Motion Picture Projector, 8 mm
for 18 and 24 frames per second,
forward and reverse projection, with
automatic t h r e a d i n g , rewinding
facility, magnetic recording and
playback, input socket for microphone, loudspeaker built into
cover of c a r r y i n g case, output
approx. 10 Watt,
100-150 W halogène lamp,
complete with :
c a r r y i n g case,
remote control,
microphone,
zoom objective 1:1,3/f 16,5-30 mm,
carrying case with loudspeaker,
5 spare b u l b s ,
1 empty spool approx. capacity
240 metres (800 feet),
u s e r ' s manual,
service manual.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
14
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
llustration
Note: see Annex 1 where to
place projector in the room
115.1.40A Empty Spool for 8 mm Film
approx. c a p a c i t y 240 metres
115.1.41
Motion Picture Projector, 16 mm
with automatic threading for optical
or magnetic r e p l a y , projection
speed 18 and 24 frames per second,
system restorer and auto loop
reformer, reverse projection, power
rewind, spool capacity a p p r o x .
600 metres, possibility to single
frame animation and s t i l l p i c t u r e
projection,
with 24 Volt 250 Watt bulb and
lamp economy switch,
lens f 1,2/50 mm,
sound amplifier approx. 12 Watt,
audio input sockets,
b u i l t - i n speaker and e x t e r n a l
speaker (side cover speaker
of c a r r y i n g case)
complete with:
c a r r y i n g case
remote control
5 spare sound bulbs
5 spare light bulbs
1 empty spool approx. c a p a c i t y
120 metres (400 feet)
1 empty spool approx. c a p a c i t y
240 metres (800 feet)
1 empty spool approx. c a p a c i t y
480 metres (1600 feet)
one set of fuses
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
115.1.41A
Anamorphic Lens
for cinemascope projection of
16 mm films, complete with
adaptor r i n g and case
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
15
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.1.42
Quantity
Motion Picture Projector, 16 mm
with Recording
with automatic t h r e a d i n g , for
optical or magnetic r e p l a y ,
projection speed 18 and 24 frames
per second, system restorer and auto
loop reformer, reverse projection,
power rewind, spool capacity approx
600 metres, possibility of single
frame animation and still picture
projection,
with 24Volt 250 Watt bulb and
lamp economy switch,
lens f 1,2/50 mm,
sound amplifier approx. 12 Watt,
audio input sockets,
built-in speaker and external
speaker (side cover s p e a k e r ) .
complete with:
3 channel mixer for magnetic
recording permitting other
commentaries or t r a n s l a t i o n s
from original language
carrying case,
remote control,
one microphone,
5 spare sound b u l b s ,
5 spare light b u l b s ,
1 empty spool approx. capacity
120 metres (400 feet),
1 empty spool approx. capacity
240 metres (800 feet),
1 empty spool approx. capacity
480 metres (1600 feet),
one set of fuses,
u s e r ' s manual,
service manual.
Empty Spool for 16 mm Film
115.1.42A capacity approx. 650 metres
115.1.42B capacity approx. 350 metres
115.1.42C capacity approx. 250 metres
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
115.1.43 Large Speaker
for 16 mm motion picture projection
in l a r g e rooms with special demand
of high sound reproduction,
a p p r o x . 25 watt in p l a s t i c h o u s i n g ,
with a p p r o x . 25 metres extension
cable
115.1.44
Film Splicer and Film Cement
heavy duty metal constructed,
u n i v e r s a l model for s t a n d a r d 8 mm,
super 8 mm and 16 mm films,
including 5 bottles of film cement
a p p r o x . 12 ml each
115.1.45 Rewinding Set
for t a b l e attachment, for manual
drive of 16 mm films,
complete with a d a p t e r for super 8 mm
films
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
17
Equipment guide fist
Item
List number 15:
Date of Issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
Illustration
115.1.46 Projection Screen - wall/ceiling
strong construction, suitable
for daylight projection,
approx. size 2000 x 2000 mm
115.1.47 Projection Screen - portable
with tripod, white screen, strong
construction, suitable for daylight
projection,
approx. size 1500 x 1500 mm
115.1.48 Projection Stand
multi-purpose s t a n d , suitable for
motion picture projectors, slide or
opaque projectors, in strong metal
construction with swivel type wheels
brakes on at least two wheels and
two shelves,
to be delivered dismantled,
approx.size of shelves 500 x 500 mm
approx. height 1200 mm
115.1.49 Projection Trolley
for motion picture projectors, slide
or opaque projectors, strong metal
frame with two shelves with four
wheels, brakes on at least two
wheels and h a n d l e s ,
to be delivered dismantled
approx. size of shelves 500 x 500 mm
approx. height 1000 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
18
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.1.50
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Portable Colour Video Cassette
System
consisting of:
Video Camera:
with automatic focus device, motor
driven zoom lens f 1,7/11-70 mm
automatic and manual a p e r t u r e ,
l i g h t level i n d i c a t o r , b u i l t - i n
microphone, electronic view
finder with p l a y b a c k f a c i l i t y ,
remote control socket, socket
for headphones & e x t e r n a l
microphone,
complete with:
connecting cables
c a r r y i n g case
u s e r ' s manual,
service manual.
Portable Video Recorder:
to record from camera or other
video source in colour, d i g i t a l
counter, adjustable slow motion
and still picture p l a y b a c k , sound
dubbing button, b i - d i r e c t i o n a l
search, operated by r e c h a r g e a b l e
b a t t e r y pack or mains u n i t ,
automatic non recorded p a u s e
eliminating facility,
complete with:
all connections for recording and
for p l a y b a c k ,
two r e c h a r g e a b l e b a t t e r y p a c k s ,
carrying case,
u s e r ' s manual,
service manual.
Mains Unit:
to supply the recorder a n d serve
as a b a t t e r y pack c h a r g e r ,
complete with:
connecting c a b l e s ,
u s e r ' s manual,
service manual.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
19
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
Illustration
115.1.50A Battery Pack
for portable video recorder
Note: TV system(s) and cassette
format should be specified in
the request
115.1.50B Mixer
3-channels, for recording of sound
on video cassette from three
different sources
II5.I.5OC Microphone
for video tape sound dubbing
II5.I.5I
Tripod for Video Camera
sturdy tripod for video recording,
foldable, adjustable in height
from approx. 500 to 1500 mm,
complete with c a r r y i n g case
115.1.52
Portable Lighting Kit
for indoor video recording or
taking indoor photographs
kit containing:
3 telescopic stands each with
approx. 800 Watt halogène lamps
in well ventilated housings,
dismantled in c a r r y i n g case,
complete with:
15 spare halogène bulbs
Video Cassette
(format is shown on supplementary
data sheet)
II5.I.53
[115.I.54
115.1.55
60 minutes
120 minutes
I8O minutes
Note: cassette format should be
specified in the request
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
20
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
115.1.56
Quantity
Illustration
Stationary Video Cassette Recorder
with tuner to r e c o r d / p l a y b a c k TV
programmes or to record from video
camera and other video sources
equipped with:
video/audio in/out terminals
antenna and rf/out terminal
b i - d i r e c t i o n a l search facility
pause
still picture
pre-set timer for recording
remote control unit
audio dubbing for t r a n s l a t i o n s
of programs
complete with:
all cables to connect recorder to
a TV monitor
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: TV system(s) and cassette
format should be specified in
the request
115.1.56A Video Camera
colour, to suit s t a t i o n a r y video
cassette recorder, automatic
focusing, motor driven lens
f 1,7/11-70 mm, automatic and
manual a p e r t u r e , microphone,
connecting c a b l e s , supply
adaptor, u s e r ' s manual,
service manual
115.1.57
Stationary Colour TV Set/Monitor
approx. 660 mm (26") screen,
for: reception of TV programmes,
display of video recordings from
video cassettes and video disc
players
complete with:
audio/video in/out terminals
selector for a p p r o x . 20 programmes
b u i l t - i n loudspeaker
cable and plug
remote control unit
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: TV system(s) should be
specified in the request
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
21
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.1.58
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Portable Colour Video/TV-Monitor
approx. 360 mm (14") screen,
for: reception of TV programmes,
display of video recordings from
video cassettes and video disc
players
complete with:
audio/video in/out terminals
selector for approx. 10 programmes
b u i l t - i n loudspeaker
handle for c a r r y i n g
b u i l t - i n telescope antenna
cable and plug
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
115.1.59
Automatic Still Camera
35 mm compact camera with a u t o matic exposure meter and focusing
device, lens 38 mm f/2,8
b u i l t - i n lens hood and flash unit,
button for delayed action r e l e a s e ,
working r a n g e one metre to
infinity
complete with:
one set of b a t t e r i e s , type R6
u s e r ' s manual
115.1.60
Polaroid Camera
for i n s t a n t colour photography,
equipped with flash (on-off switch)
automatic focusing facility and
automatic s h u t t e r ,
picture size: 90 x 90 mm,
complete with u s e r ' s manual
115.1.60A Polaroid Film-Pack
colour, for 10 p i c t u r e s ,
size 90 x 90 mm, each pack with
two incorporated b a t t e r i e s for
camera and flash operation
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
22
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Item
115.1.61
Illustration
Still Camera - Reflex Type
with s t a n d a r d lens 50 mm f/1,4-2,0
b u i l t - i n electronic lightmeter,
shutter speed setting B (manual)
and from 1 to 1/1000 second
(automatic and m a n u a l ) , b u i l t - i n
timer and distance meter, c a r r y i n g
c a s e , u s e r ' s manual, lens hood,
cable r e l e a s e , one set of
b a t t e r i e s included
115.1.61A Set of b a t t e r i e s for still camera
Filter
to fit s t a n d a r d 50 mm lens of
35 mm still camera
115.1.61B
115.1.61C
115.1.61D
115.1.61E
115.1.61F
115.1.61G
115.1.61H
115.1.611
skylight
Yellow
Yellow
Orange
Red
Green
Grey
Grey
UV
Yl
Y3
01
Rl
Gl
ND4
ND8
Lens
115.1.62
115.1.63
115.1.64
115.1.65
115.1.66
fixed wide angle lens
fixed
zoom
zoom
zoom
telephoto lens
lens, a p p r o x . 25-50 mm f/4.0
lens, approx. 35-70 mm f/4.0
lens, a p p r o x . 80-200 mm f/4,5
Note : (1) p a r t i c u l a r s of fixed
a n d telephoto lens should b e
specified when ordering
(2) films for cameras on
page 25
115.1.67
Flash Unit
for mounting on the camera,
b a t t e r y powered, on set of
b a t t e r i e s included
Note: A n y similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
23
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.1.68
Quantity
Gadget Bag
for camera and all accessories
115.1.69
Tripod
universal portable t y p e , sturdy
but light construction with swivel
base and extension legs
115.1.70 Copypod
portable copying stand for use
when copying documents etc. to be
used with 35 mm still camera
115.1.71 Auto Bellows Unit
to fit 35 mm still camera for close
up and macro photography, with
c a l i b r a t e d g e a r , for magnifications
of up to approx. 2,5 times life
size
115.1.72
Close Up Lens
set of 3 extension lenses to fit
standard 50 mm lens for 35 mm
still camera,
no 1 approx. 10 mm
no 2 approx. 20 mm
no 3 approx. 30 mm
all extension lenses can be used
independently from each other
with master camera lens
115.1.73
Slide Copier
through-the-lens slide copier with
bellows for duplication of slides
115-1.74
Reflector Light
1000 Watt, hand-held or camera
bracket mounted type with
5 spare halogène lamps
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
24
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
Quantity
Illustration
Colour Reversal Film Magnetic Track
for super 8 mm sound motion
picture camera with magnetic
sound recording
115.1.75
d a y l i g h t , a p p r o x . 15 metres
(50 feet) 40 ASA
115.1.76
a r t i f i c i a l l i g h t , approx. 15 metres
(50 feet) 100-160 ASA
Black/White Film
for 35 mm s t i l l camera
115.1.77
n e g a t i v e , 36 e x p . 125 ASA
115.1.78
n e g a t i v e , 36 exp. 400 ASA
Colour - Daylight Film
for 35 mm still camera
115.1.79
n e g a t i v e , 36 exp. 100 ASA
115.1.80
n e g a t i v e , 36 e x p . 400 ASA
115.1.81
r e v e r s a l film for slides
36 e x p . 64-125 ASA
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
25
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.1.82
Quantity
Basic Darkroom Kit
all basic items needed for developing
and enlarging black and white
pictures
kit containing:
enlarger
2-way negative c a r r i e r
50 mm lens
condenser set for 24 x 36 and
6 x 6 negatives
plastic dust cover
blotter roll
adjustable easel approx.
250 x 300 mm
developing tank
focus scope
safety light
enlarging lamp
2 printing tongs
2 film clips
thermometer
5 t r a y s approx. 250 x 300 mm
s t i r r i n g rod
film squeegee
2 packages fibre photo paper
approx. size 250 x 300 mm
approx. 50 sheets per pack
3 chemical storage container,
developer, fixer and stop b a t h ,
approx. volume 5 l i t r e s each
basic manual
115.1.83
Black/White Film Developing Set
containing chemicals for 1 It of
each solution for negative film
processing
115.1.84
Colour Negative Film Developing Set
containing chemicals for 1 It of
each solution for colour film
processing
115.1.85
Colour Reversal Film Developing Set
containing chemicals for 1 It of
each solution for colour reversal
film processing
Note: colour negative and
r e v e r s a l film developing
process should be specified
in the request
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
26
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.1.86
Stereo Music Set
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
"all in one" c o n t a i n i n g :
radio for LW, MW and stereo FM,
stereo t u r n t a b l e with two speeds,
stereo cassette recorder,
amplifier a p p r o x . output power
2 x 15 Watt,
sockets for headphones and microphone, (FM b a n d is shown on
supplementary d a t a sheet)
complete with:
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
two loudspeakers approx. 30 Watt
each
all connection cables and plugs
two s p a r e pick-up c a r t r i d g e s
Note: FM band should be
specified in the request
115.1.87
Stereo Cassette Radio
with FM stereo, SW, MW, LW,
recorder and b u i l t - i n speakers
approx. 2 x 5 Watt, b u i l t - i n
2 microphones, operated either
by b a t t e r y a n d / o r mains s u p p l y ,
audio input and output sockets
complete with:
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
one set of b a t t e r i e s
5 sound cassettes 60 minutes
cable and plug
115.1.88
Portable Cassétte Recorder
small recorder with b u i l t - i n
speaker a p p r o x . 0,7 Watt,
operated either by b a t t e r y
a n d / o r mains s u p p l y ,
frequency response not less
than 50-10000 Hz
complete with:
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
one set of b a t t e r i e s
5 sound cassettes 60 minutes
cable and plug
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
27
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
115.1.89
llustration
Microphone
good quality for connection to
stationary or portable cassette
recorder, complete with table
stand
approx. length of cable 2 metres
115.1.90
Headphones
with exact sound reproduction,
volume control and a p p r o x .
2 metres connection cable and
plug to fit cassette recorder
Cassettes
standard sound c a s s e t t e s , good
quality
115.1.91
115.1.92
115.1.93
60 minutes
90 minutes
120 minutes
115.1.94
Cassette Copier
designed to
copies from
normal and
both sides,
produce q u a l i t y
master c a s s e t t e , for
fast copying one or
mains supply
complete with:
cable and plug
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
115.1.95
Demagnetization Cassette
to demagnetize r e c o r d i n g / p l a y b a c k
heads in cassette recorders,
complete with a b a t t e r y
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
28
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Item
Description
115.1.96
Language Laboratory Master
Control Unit
Quantity
Illustration
should provide at least the
following:
making a master tape
copying master programme on a
student cassette recorder
monitoring each booth
controlling s t u d e n t ' s recorders
p r i v a t e , group and all call
communication with l e a r n e r s
broadcast through classroom
speaker
the c e n t r a l control unit includes
master cassette recorder, amplifier
t u r n a b l e , two l o u d s p e a k e r s ,
2 spare t u r n a b l e c a r t r i d g e s ,
connecting c a b l e s , u s e r ' s manual,
service manual, set of spares for
two y e a r s of operation.
115.1.96A Language Lab Student Cassette
Recorder
4 - t r a c k , 2-channel: one channel is
for the program, the second is for
p r a c t i c e , enabling a student to
compare his pronunciation, rhytm,
intonation, grammar with those on
the programme; f a c i l i t i e s : sentence
repeat function, tape counter,
power switch, teacher control lamp,
phone level knob, head set j a c k ,
c a l l button, r e p e a t button,
rewind/review button, forward,
fast forward, stop button, student
d r i l l button, frequency response
50-10000 Hz, student head set
with microphone
possibility of indépendant use,
u s e r ' s manual, service manual,
set of s p a r e s for two years of
operation.
115.1.96B Language Lab Student Booth
with side panels containing noise
absorbing p a d s , g l a s s front p a n e l
Note: t e a c h e r ' s chair:
item 115.5.41
s t u d e n t ' s chair:
item 115.5.42
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
29
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.1.97
Quantity
llustration
Lectern with Public Address System
containing: column lectern made of
wood with reading light for up to
40 Watt bulbs, electro-dynamic
microphone, approx. 100 Watt mono
amplifier, mixer, with five
separately adjustable i n p u t s , two
column loudspeakers for indoor
use approx. output 100 Watt each
approx. sizes:
lectern
700 x 400 x 1200 mm
loudspeaker 130 x 100 x 1100 mm
complete with :
two connection cables for loudspeakers, length 30 m each
installation instructions
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
115.1.98
Public Address System
for table use, containing three
microphones, good q u a l i t y
reproduction, with table s t a n d s ,
amplifier (30-20000 Hz) with
approx. 100 Watt output with
five separately adjustable i n p u t s ,
two loudspeakers for indoor use
approx. output 100 Watt each;
possibility of connection to
various audio sources including
compact digital audio disc player
complete with:
connection cables approx.
30 m each
installation instructions
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
length
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
30
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.1.99
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Floor Stand for Microphone
telescopic type with dismantled foot
adjustable in height from 1000 mm
up to 1650 mm
115.1.100
Microphone
good q u a l i t y , electrodynamic,
with neckholder and clip for
attachment, with 10 metres .
connection cable
115.1.101
Portable Voice Amplifier
with microphone and loudspeaker
to amplify the voice c l e a r l y ,
b a t t e r y operated, 25 Watt output
complete with:
one set of b a t t e r i e s
battery charger
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
31
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
115.1.102
D i g i t a l Video Disc
llustration
Player
for p l a y b a c k of v i d e o p r o g r a m m e s
t h r o u g h TV s e t s / m o n i t o r s
complete w i t h :
remote c o n t r o l
programme selector
connecting cable
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: TV system s h o u l d be
specified in the request
115.1.102A
D i g i t a l Video D i s c ( s )
containing educational material;
s i n g l e d i s c or set of d i s c s
complete w i t h :
m a n u a l , c o m p r i s i n g t e x t of
educational material
instructions
exercises
Note: TV system a n d p a r t i c u l a r s
of e d u c a t i o n a l m a t e r i a l s h o u l d
be s p e c i f i e d i n t h e r e q u e s t
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
32
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Item
115.1.103 Compact D i g i t a l Audio Disc
Illustration
Player
for p l a y b a c k of a u d i o p r o g r a m m e s
w i t h t h e h e l p of a m p l i f i e r a n d
l o u d s p e a k e r s / h e a d p h o n e s , 16 b i t s ;
f r e q u e n c y r e s p o n s e not l e s s t h a n
5-20000 Hz, + / - 0 , 5 dB, p o s s i b i l i t y
of p r o g r a m m e p r e s e l e c t i o n , r a p i d
search, repeat and pause facility
complete
with:
remote c o n t r o l
connecting cables
user's manual
service manual
115.1.103A
Compact D i g i t a l Audio D i s c ( s )
containing educational material;
s i n g l e d i s c or set of d i s c s
complete w i t h :
m a n u a l , c o m p r i s i n g t e x t of
educational material
instructions
exercises
Note: for items 115.1.103A t o
115.1.113 p a r t i c u l a r s of
educational material should
be s p e c i f i e d i n the r e q u e s t
115.1.104
Educational
Record(s)
s i n g l e or set of r e c o r d s
complete
with:
m a n u a l , c o m p r i s i n g t e x t of
educational material
instructions
exercises
115.1.105
E d u c a t i o n a l Audio
Cassette(s)
p r e r e c o r d e d single c a s s e t t e or
set of c a s s e t t e s
complete
with:
m a n u a l , c o m p r i s i n g t e x t of
educational material
instructions
exercises
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
33
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
115.1.106 Educational Video Cassettes
prerecorded single or set of video
cassettes
complete with:
manual, comprising text of
educational material
instructions
exercises
Note: TV system, cassette format
and p a r t i c u l a r s of educational
material should be specified
115.1.107
Educational OHP Transparency Set(s)
complete with:
manual, comprising text of
educational material
instructions
exercises
115.1.108
Educational Slide Set(s)
complete with:
manual, comprising text of
educational material
instructions
exercises
prerecorded cassette(s) for
syncro sound demonstration
115.1.109
8 mm Educational Film(s)-Colour
single film or set of films
complete with:
manual, comprising text of
educational material
instructions
exercises
Note : for items
115.1.110. format,
and p a r t i c u l a r s
material should
in the re quest
115. 1.109 a n d
soundtr ack
of educational
be speci .fied
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
34
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
115.1.110
8 mm Educational film(s)
Black/White
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
-
single film or set of films
complete with:
manual, comprising text of
educational material
instructions
exercises
115.1.111 16 mm Educational
Film(s)-Colour
single film or set of films
complete with:
manual, comprising text of
educational material
instructions
exercises
115.1.112 16 mm Educational Film(s)
Black/White
-
single film or set of films
complete with:
manual, comprising text of
educational material
instructions
exercises
Note: for items 115.1.111 and
115.1.112 soundtrack(s) and
p a r t i c u l a r s of educational
material should be specified
115.1.113
Educational Filmstrip(s)
single or set of filmstrips
complete with:
manual, comprising text of
educational material
instructions
exercises
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
35
ü
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Section 2 - Office Equipment and Supplies
Under this section, basic equipment items for a project office
have been compiled. To simplify the ordering of numerous
small items needed on and around an office desk a "Starter
Kit" is a v a i l a b l e .
As far as possible sizes of p a p e r , p a d s , files etc.
to A4 norm (210 x 297 mm)
conform
Page
36
Equipment guide list
( # )
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.2.1
Quantity
Office S t a r t e r Kit
c o n t a i n i n g t h e most e s s e n t i a l office
items n e e d e d to s t a r t u p a n office,
p a c k e d in a s u i t a b l e c a s e
containing:
p e n c i l s HB
12 p e s
b a l l point p e n , b l u e ,
black and red
each
6 pes
felt p e n , b l a c k , r e d
and green
each
3 pes
rolling b a l l pen
6 pes
top m a r k e r s
3 pes
pencil s h a r p e n e r , desk
type
1 pc
e r a s e r for p e n c i l
12 p e s
e r a s e r for i n k a n d
typing
10 p e s
stamp p a d , b l a c k
1 pc
stamping ink, black
1 pc
d a t e stamp
1 pc
s t a m p r a c k for 6 s t a m p s
1 pc
l a b e l s 24x37 mm a p p r o x .
300 p e s
w r i t i n g p a d A5 a n d A4 each 5 p e s
steno p a d s
5 pes
f i l e s , c a r d b o a r d , A4
2 pes
n y l o n c o v e r s , A4
50 p e s
desk p a d , brown
1 pc
desk t r a y , brown
1 PC
p a p e r s c i s s o r s , 200 mm
1 pc
p a p e r c l i p s 25 mm 100/box
3 boxes
paper clips heavy duty
70 mm
12 p e s
r u b b e r b a n d s , 500 g r a m s
1 box
magic t a p e 30m x 19mm
12 p e s
tape dispenser, small
1 pc
p a p e r g l u e s t i c k , 20 g
3 pes
hole p u n c h
1 pc
stapler
1 pc
s t a p l e s , 6 mm
10 .000 p e s
s t a p l e remover
1 pc
e n v e l o p e s E65
250 p e s
e n v e l o p e s E65 a i r m a i l
250 p e s
l e t t e r a n d file t r a y b r o w n
2 pes
r u l e r , 300 mm
1 pc
measuring rule
1 pc
t y p e w r i t e r p a p e r 70 g
500 pes
t y p e w r i t e r p a p e r 45 g
1. 000 p e s
correction sheets
10 s h e e t s
c a r b o n p a p e r for
typewriter
100 pes
rub-on letters and
numbers
3 sheets
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Pencils
f i r s t c l a s s q u a l i t y in b o x e s
c o n t a i n i n g 12 p e n c i l s
;i5.2.2
.15.2.3
.15.2..4
grade HB
grade B
grade H
115.2.5
L e a d P e n c i l - 0 , 5 mm
h o l d e r for 0 , 5 rnm l e a d s
for w r i t i n g
115.2.5A
suitable
L e a d Refills - 0 , 5 mm
in p l a s t i c cases containing
12 r e f i l l s of q r a d e HB
115.2.6
Lead P e n c i l - 2 mm
h o l d e r for 2 mm l e a d s
for d r a w i n g
115.2.6A
Lead
Refills
suitable
2 mm
in p l a s t i c cases containing
12 r e f i l l s of g r a d e HB
Note: l e a d r e f i l l s s h o u l d u s u a l l y
be r e q u e s t e d when o r d e r i n g l e a d
pencils
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
39
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Ball Point Pen
non-refillable, with p l a s t i c holder
115.2.7
II5.2.8
II5.2.9
Blue
Black
Red
Rolling Ball Pen
with water-soluble ink, nonrefillable with p l a s t i c holder
115.2.10
II5.2.II
115.2.12
Blue
Black
Red
115.2.13
Fountain Pen
good strong q u a l i t y , medium t i p ,
supplied with a box containing
12 c a r t r i d g e s in d a r k blue
115.2.U
Felt Pen - Fine
Set
set of L, pens with fine tip 0,3 mm,
in following colours: blue, black,
red and green, water-soluble, with
plastic holder
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Item
115.2.15
Illustration
Felt Pen - Medium - Set
set of 12 pens with medium t i p ,
1,0 mm, in different colours,
w a t e r - s o l u b l e , with plastic holder
115.2.16
Felt Pen - Broad - Set
set of 4 marking pens, 5 mm t i p ,
permanent, in following colours:
blue, black, red and green
115.2.17
Top Marker Set
6 h i g h l i g h t i n g markers in
colours in" a box
115.2.18
different
Crayons - Set
set of 12 different coloured
waxcrayons for colouring,
non-toxic
115.2.19
Coloured Pencils - Set
set comprising 12 different
coloured pencils in plastic or
metal case
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
41
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.2.20
Quantity
Illustration
Pencil Sharpener - Small
small sharpener for pencils, with
plastic or metal housing
115.2.21
Pencil Sharpener - Plastic
for pencils, with p l a s t i c container
for shavings
115.2.22
Pencil Sharpener - Desk Type
semi-automatic desk type, for
pencils, with automatic stop
when the pencil tip is correctly
sharpened
115.2.23
Lead Sharpener
small lead sharpener for up to
3 mm drawing l e a d s , plastic or
metal housing
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
42
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
115.2.24
Quantity
Illustration
Eraser - Soft
very soft rubber for pencil on
writing or drawing paper
115.2.25
Eraser - 2-sided
two-sided e r a s e r , soft for pencil
and h a r d for ink and typewriter
115.2.26
Eraser - Hard
especially for typewriter
115.2.27
Eraser - Plastic
p l a s t i c e r a s e r for use on p l a s t i c
foils and t r a n s p a r e n c i e s
115.2.28
Erasing Knife
to e r a s e drawing ink on t r a n s p a r e n t
drawing p a p e r
115.2.29
Erasing Pen
pen with e r a s e r and b r u s h , for ink,
ballpoint and typewriting
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
43
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.2.30
Quantity
llustration
Stamp Pad
in metal or plastic case,
neutral,
approx. size 80 x 120 mm
Stamping Ink
for use with stamp p a d s , in
bottles containing a p p r o x . 30 ml
II5.2.3I
II5.2.32
Black
Red
II5.2.33
Date Stamp
rubber stamp, for use with stamp
pad with independent manual
setting of d a y , month and y e a r ,
(ex. 20.06.1986)
II5.2.34
Numbering Stamp
with automatic number advance from
0 to 999999, with exchangable ink
p a d , including one s p a r e ink p a d ,
height of numbers approx. 5 mm
115.2.35
Stamp Rack
rotating stamp rack for 6 stamps
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
44
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.2.36
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Paint Brush Set - Water Colours
set of 6 b r u s h e s for water colours,
pointed type from 2 mm to U mm
diameter
II5.2.37
Paint Brush Set - Poster Colour
set of 3 brushes for poster colour,
flat type from 10 mm to 18 mm width
II5.2.38
Paint Brush Set - Oil Paint
set of 1 b r u s h pointed type, 3 mm
diameter, and 3 flat t y p e s , 15, 25
and 35 mm wide, for oil p a i n t
II5.2.39
Tray for Paint
for mixing p a i n t , made of p l a s t i c
or metal
II5.2.4O
Water Colour Set
set of 12 different colours in a
p l a s t i c or metal case
115.2.41
Poster Colour Set
set of 12 different colours in g l a s s
bottles mixable with water but
permanent after drying p r o c e s s ,
a p p r o x . 65 ml/bottle
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
45
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.2.42
Quantity
Zinc White
tube of w a t e r - r e s i s t a n t white
oilpaint,
approx. 150 ml/tube
115.2.A3
Spray Paint
set of 4 quick d r y i n g waterproof
paints in metal c o n t a i n e r s , in
the following colours: blue, black,
red and white,
approx. volume 450 ml/container
115.2.44
Oil Paint Set
set of 12 tubes of high q u a l i t y oil
p a i n t s in different colours,
approx. 150 ml/tube
115.2.45
Oil Painting Set
a s t a r t e r case containing essential
colours and equipment needed to
paint a picture
set consisting of:
11 colours
balsamterpentine
linseed oil
palette t r a y and knife
charcoal
2 brushes
palette and panel
115.2.46
Easel for Painters
field easel for p a i n t e r s , made of
wood, dismantled,
approx. height from 1250 up to
1800 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
115.2.47
Quantity
llustration
Modelling Clay Kit
for hobby a c t i v i t y , with clay to be
h a r d e n e d in oven or in boiling
water
complete with:
clay in 5 different colours
a p p r o x . 100 grams each
4 different colours for p a i n t i n g
1 litre varnish
brush
modelling pegs
115.2.48
Plaster
a p p r o x . 1 kg per pack
115.2.49
Lino P r i n t i n g Kit
s u i t a b l e for linoprint on p a p e r
containing:
5 different shaped knives with
handles
5 lino p l a t e s a p p r o x . 200 x 400 mm
100 sheets p a p e r for linoprint
1 roller a p p r o x . width 100 mm
water soluble black paint for l i n o p r i n t on p a p e r approx. 250 ml
manual for l i n o p r i n t
115.2.50
Batik Dyeing Kit
s u i t a b l e for dyeing cloth
set c o n t a i n i n g :
wax a p p r o x . 500 g
one thermometer up to +200 C
2 round brushes
one s t a i n l e s s bowl approx. volume
4,5 l i t r e
10 different batik colours a p p r o x .
15 gram each
one colour c h a r t for colour mixing
sodium hydrosulphite a p p r o x .
500 gram
pH-reactive paper for control of
the colour lake
manual for b a t i k dyeing
Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
47
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office? reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
II5.2.5I
Quantity
Illustration
Self Adhesive Label Set
set of 3 p a c k s , white, for all
purpose use,
approx. label size and q u a n t i t y :
round 10 mm
- 1200 pes
15 x 20 mm
- 1200 pes
100 x 35 mm
- • 90 pcs }
II5.2.52
Coloured Label Set
set of 6 colour self-adhesive
round l a b e l s ,
approx. 150 labels per colour
approx. diameter 10 mm
II5.2.53
Letter Labels
self-adhesive labels with l e t t e r s
A-Z,
approx. 36O labels per pack
approx. dimension 20 x 20 mm
II5.2.54
Numbering Labels
self-adhesive labels numbered from
1 to 99,
' •
approx. 500 labels per pack
approx. dimension 20 x 20 mm
115.2.55
Self Adhesive Sheets
size A4, suitable for cutting l a b e l s
in required size, white
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
48
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
Quantity
115-2.56 Files
strong p l a s t i c cover files with strong
filing mechanism, distance between
holes 80 mm, for A4 size p a p e r ,
width of back approx. 80 mm
Index
c a r d b o a r d index, size A4, distance
between holes 80 mm
115.2.57 A-Z
115.2.58 1-31
II5.2.59 1-52
a l p h a b e t i c a l index
d a i l y index
weekly index
115.2.60 Reinforcement Rings
self-adhesive p l a s t i c rings for
reinforcing the holes on indexes
or documents in files,
a p p r o x . 1000 r i n g s in a dispenser
115.2.61 Plastic Punched Pockets
t r a n s p a r e n t strong plastic covers for
filing of A4 documents, open at the
top with strong rim, distance between
holes 80 mm,
a p p r o x . 100 pes per box
115.2.62 Plastic Folder
c l e a r strong p l a s t i c cover for A4
p a p e r , open at the top and one
s i d e , with thumbgrasp,
a p p r o x . 100 pes per box
115.2.63 Plastic Files
with blue back cover and side, and
clear p l a s t i c front, for A4 documents,
complete with paper holder, distance
between holes 80 mm
115.2.64 Cardboard File
for A4 documents with elastic b a n d s
to r e t a i n contents secure and tidy
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Date of issue
September 1984
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Illustration
Writing Pad - Lined
100 sheets per p a d , white
115.2.65
115.2.66
Size A5
Size A4
Writing Pad - Squared
with 5 mm s q u a r e s , 100 sheets
per p a d , white
115.2.67
115.2.68
Size A5
Size A4
115.2.69
Steno Pad
white with l i n e s , 100 sheets per p a d ,
size A5
115.2.70
Note Pad
tab pad, with approx. 5x75 tabs
per pad,
approx. size 120 x 250 mm
Exercise Book - Lined
white with l i n e s ,
approx. 50 pages (25 sheets)
115.2.71
115.2.72
Size A5
Size A4
Exercise Book - Squared
with 5 mm squares
approx. 50 pages (25 sheets)
115.2.73
115.2.74
Size A5
Size A4
115.2.75
Note Book
strong cardboard cover, lined, each
book containing approx. 100 pages
(50 sheets), size A6
Note:
A4 size 210
A5 size 148
X
X
297 mm
210 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
50
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.2.76
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Desk Pad
p l a s t i c with foam rubber b a c k i n g ,
a p p r o x . size 520 x 400 mm
115.2.77
Desk Tidy - Small
p l a s t i c t r a y for pencils, e r a s e r s ,
clips etc. , with 5-6 pigeon
compartments,
a p p r o x . size 250 x 130 mm
115.2.78
Desk Tidy - Big
for p e n c i l s , pens, scissors, g l u e ,
p i n s , clips etc.
a p p r o x . size: 300 mm diameter
100 mm height
115.2.79
Book-end
in metal, flanged,
a p p r o x . size 125 x 125 x 125 mm
115.2.80
Note Paper Cube
white p a p e r ,
a p p r o x . size 100 x 100 x 100 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
51
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
115.2.81
Quantity
Illustration
Telephone Index
with plastic cover and alphabetic
push button device, to be used
s e p a r a t e l y from the telephone,
for approx. 600 telephone numbers
115.2.82
Magnifier
with plastic h a n d l e , 2 x magnifications,
approx. diameter 100 mm
115.2.83
Paper Knife
letter opener with blade of steel
and wooden h a n d l e ,
approx. length 250 mm
115.2.84
Paper Scissors - 125 mm
small, good q u a l i t y ,
approx. length 125 mm
115.2.85
Paper Scissors - 200 mm
made of stainless steel with p l a s t i c
handle,
approx. length 200 mm
115.2.86
Thimblett Set
set of 12 rubber caps for fingers
when collating paper and notes,
assorted in small, medium and
large sizes
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Item
115.2.87
Illustration
Hole Puncher - 2 mm
made of metal, punching c a p a c i t y
of maximum 2 mm, distance
between holes 80 mm
115.2.88
Hole Puncher - 5 mm
made of metal, with paper g u i d e ,
punching c a p a c i t y of maximum 5 mm,
distance between holes 80 mm
115.2.89
Stapler - Small
strong steel constructed, s t a p l e r for
office u s e , with holding c a p a c i t y
of 100 s t a p l e s ,
complete with 10.000 staples 6 mm
115.2.89A Staples 6 mm
approx.
5.000/box
Note: dimension!s) and t y p e ( s )
of staples and model of s t a p l e r
should be specified in the request
115.2.90
Stapler
heavy duty office stapler in steel
construction, with holding
c a p a c i t y of 200 s t a p l e s , complete
with 20.000 s t a p l e s 6 mm
115.2.91
Staple Remover
in metal with p l a s t i c h a n d l e for
removing s t a p l e s
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
53
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Paper
Clips
boxes c o n t a i n i n g a p p r o x .
115.2.92
115.2.93
115.2.94
25 mm
45 mm
80 mm
115.2.95
C o n t a i n e r for P a p e r
100 c l i p s
Clips
transparent plastic container
m a g n e t i c top
115.2.96
Illustration
with
Clips
heavy duty clips,
a p p r o x . w i d t h 70 mm
115.2.97
P a p e r a n d Envelope
to close
several
approx.
approx.
Fastener
l a r g e e n v e l o p e s or f a s t e n
s h e e t s , box c o n t a i n i n g
100 p e s
l e n g t h 30 mm
o-yy
115.2.98
Drawing
Pin
s t a n d a r d size, in box,
a p p r o x . 100 p e s p e r box
115.2.99
Map Tack Set
s e t of 5 b o x e s , e a c h c o n t a i n i n g
100 pes of r o u n d h e a d e d t a c k s
w i t h a p p r o x . L, mm h e a d d i a m e t e r
in d i f f e r e n t c o l o u r s
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
54
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
llustration
115.2.100 Clear Adhesive Tape
c l e a r cellophane tape for all
purpose s e a l i n g s ,
a p p r o x . length 30 m
a p p r o x . width 19 mm
115.2.101 Magic Tape
invisible
to write
approx.
approx.
mending tape, possible
on and moisture r e s i s t a n t ,
length 30 m
width 19 mm
115.2.102 Desk Tape Dispenser
heavy metal b a s e , suitable for
t a p e s of up to 19 mm width and
30 m length
115.2.103 Hand Tape Dispenser
small p l a s t i c dispenser for
t a p e s of up to 19 mm width
and 30 m length
115.2.104 Masking Tape
crepe t y p e , adhesive p a p e r t a p e ,
s u i t a b l e to fix drawing p a p e r to
drawing b o a r d s ,
a p p r o x . length 50 m
a p p r o x . width 19 mm
Ky
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
55
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
115.2.105 Case Sealing Tape
strong brown vinyl tape for all
kinds of p a c k a g e s , cartons and
parcels, moisture r e s i s t a n t ,
approx. length 65 m
approx. width 38 mm -
115.2.106 Tape Dispenser
for case sealing t a p e , hand
operated tape applicator for
rapid closure of c a r t o n s ,
for 38 mm tape with 65 m length
115.2.107 Textil Tape Set
set of 2 t a p e s , black and red,
waterproofed, strong and with
good adhesive a b i l i t y ,
approx. length 25 m
approx. width 19 mm
115.2.108 Edge Binding Apparatus
to bind the edges of technical
drawings, complete with mounting
clamp, to accommodate 13 mm edge
binding tape reels
115.2.109 Edge Binding Tape
suitable for edge binding a p p a r a t u s ,
white,
approx. length 25 m
approx. width 13 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
56
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
115.2.110 All Purpose Glue
c l e a r wrinkle-proof glue for all
purpose in t u b e ; water, heat and
cold r e s i s t a n t ,
a p p r o x . volume 35 ml
II5.2.III Multipurpose Glue
glue for l e a t h e r , r u b b e r , synthetic
m a t e r i a l s , metal, wood and g l a s s ,
a p p r o x . volume 50 ml
II5.2.II2 Paper Glue - Stick
gluestick for o r d i n a r y p a p e r gluing
approx. weight 20 g
II5.2.II3 Paper Glue - Spreading
in p l a s t i c bottle, with top for
easy i n s t a n t s p r e a d i n g , wrinkleproof, a p p r o x . volume 85 ml
115.2.1U Rubber Glue
for all kinds of paper and c a r d board g l u i n g , in glass bottle with
b r u s h , wrinkle-proof,
a p p r o x . volume 120 ml
II5.2.II5 Rubber Glue Refill
in metal container for all k i n d s
of paper and c a r d b o a r d g l u i n g ,
a p p r o x . volume 500 ml
115.2.116 Two Component Glue
in tubes comprising binder and
h a r d e n e r , clear fast drying
suitable for metal, g l a s s , stone,
wood and l e a t h e r ,
a p p r o x . volume 15 ml each
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
57
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
115.2.117 Rubber Band Set
set of 3 sizes each containing 500 gr
approx. length 50 to 100 mm
approx. width 2 to 6 mm
115.2.118 String - Thick
sisal line twines, t h r e e - p l y ,
approx. specifications:
diameter L, mm
weight
5 kg
length
650 m
115.2.119 String - Thin
strong q u a l i t y , t h r e e - p l y ,
approx. specifications:
diameter 1 mm
weight
0,5 kg
length
250 m
115.2.120 Trimming Knife - Break-off
with plastic handle containing one
"break-off" blade with 8 edges,
supplied with 10-12 spare blades
115.2.121 Trimming Knife - Heavy
heavy duty for c a r d b o a r d c u t t i n g ,
metal handle and 3 different
shaped blades
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is nurelv coincidental.
Page
58
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
Illustration
Envelopes - Business
white, normal business q u a l i t y ,
approx. 80 grams per square metre
115.2.122 Size C6 (114 x 162 mm)
115.2.123 Size E65 (HO x 220 mm)
115.2.124 Envelopes - Airmail
airmail type
approx. 50 grams per square metre,
size E65 (HO x 220 mm)
f_~
i
Envelopes - Strong
light brown, strong q u a l i t y ,
approx. 80 grams per square metre
115.2.125 Size C5
115.2.126 Size C4
(162 x 229 mm)
(229 x 324 mm)
Sample Bags
light brown bags to be sealed with
envelope clips or s t a p l e r , strong
quality,
approx. 110-140 grams per square
metre
115.2.127 Size 125 x 290 mm
115.2.128 Size 250 x 425 mm
Padded Bags
padded brown bags for items of mail,
to be sealed with envelope clips or
stapler
115.2.129 Size 120 x 250 m m
115.2.130 Size 260 x 400 m m
Not e:
See Annex I I I
how to fold an
A4 paper to fit diffe r e nt sizes
of envelop es •
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
59
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
115.2.131 Sponge
plastic container with sponge for
moistening stamps
115.2.132 Damper
plastic bottle with sponge top for
moistening envelopes and
adhesive paper
Cartons
cartons made of corrugated b o a r d s ,
unassembled but easy to put
together
approx. dimensions:
II5.2.I33 350 x 250 x 250 mm
II5.2.I34 480 x 330 x 240 mm
II5.2.I35 Scale
b a t t e r y operated, with d i g i t a l
d i s p l a y , complete with b a t t e r i e s ,
approx. capacity 1000 grams
115.2.136 Letter Scale
made of metal, dual capacity by a
changeable arm, zero adjustments,
approx. c a p a c i t y :
mail scale 0-500 grams
precisions scale 0-100 grams
115.2.137 Parcel Scale
in metal to weigh bulky items,
button to lock the scale to permit
reading after package is removed,
approx. capacity 100 kg with
500 grams i n t e r v a l s ,
approx. dimension 350 x 250 x 50 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
60
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
llustration
115.2.138 Desk Tray - Shortside
made of p l a s t i c , for A4 size
p a p e r , stackable
115.2.139 Desk Tray - Longside
made of p l a s t i c , for A4 size
p a p e r , open at the long side
115.2.MO Storage Cabinet
made of p l a s t i c , with 7 drawers
for A4 size p a p e r ,
a p p r o x . dimensions:
250 x 365 x 325 mm
115.2.Ul
Tray for Forms
metal frame with 12 p l a s t i c t r a y s
for A4 size p a p e r , suitable when
sorting the mail or as a brochure
s t a n d , s u i t a b l e for wall mounting
or t a b l e ,
a p p r o x . length 900 mm
height 350 mm
115.2.142 Storage Box
made of c a r d b o a r d for storing
A4 size p a p e r ,
a p p r o x . height 70 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
61
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Illustration
115.2.143 Information Box
made of p l a s t i c , for storing
booklets, catalogues, brochures
or magazines,
size A4
115.2.144 Sorter
expanding file for sorting p a p e r ,
with index A-Z and numbered 1-31
115.2.145 Archive Box
made of p l a s t i c , to store A4 sized
documents in suspension files,
complete with 25 suspension files
approx. dimensions:
230 x 200 x 250 mm
Card Index Box
made of p l a s t i c , for 500 c a r d s
115.2.146 Size A5
115.2.147 Size A6
Card Alphabetical Index
made of c a r d b o a r d , printed A-Z
115.2.148 Size A5
115.2.149 Size A6
Card Numbered Index
made of c a r d b o a r d , printed 1-31
115.2.150 Size A5
115.2.151 Size A6
Cards - lined
white cards with writing l i n e s ,
100 cards per pack
115.2.152 Size A5
115.2.153 Size A6
Note:
A4 - 210
A5 - 148
A6 - 105
X
X
X
297 mm
210 mm
148 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
115.2.154 Stock Control System
metal cabinet with 12 d r a w e r s , each
drawer containing approx. 70 pockets
for A5 size p a p e r ,
complete with:
a p p r o x . 800 n e u t r a l cards
Suspension Files
box containing approx. 25 pes
suspension files made of strong
c a r d b o a r d with metal s t r i p and
p l a s t i c label cover
115.2.155 Size A4
115.2.156 Size Folio
(320 x 240 mm)
(390 x 240 mm)
115.2.157 File Storage Stand
desk stand made of plastic for
storage of A4 suspension files,
complete with 25 pes A4 suspension
files,
a p p r o x . size 350 x 350 x 250 mm
115.2.158 Mobile File Storage Stand
metal constructed with 4 c a s t o r s , for
A4 suspension files, with lockable
cover
complete with 100 pes A4
suspension files,
a p p r o x . size 500 x 360 x 600 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
63
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
llustration
Filing Cabinet
strong metal construction with
4 drawers for A4 or folio
suspension files, c e n t r a l safety
lock,
tip locking device:
only one drawer at a time can
be opened,
complete with 300 suspension files
115.2.159 Size for A4
115.2.160 Size for folio
(415 x 700 x 1290 mm)
(490 x 700 x 1290 mm)
115.2.161 Suspension File for Rail System
box containing a p p r o x . 50 pes
suspension files with side cover
for safe and secure filing of A4
documents, made of strong c a r d board with holder to fit special
rail,
approx. size 320 x 260 mm
fr-xis:—4r
115.2.162 Rail for Suspension Files
to be mounted in office cabinets
or shelves for suspension of
files,
approx. length 1 m
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
64
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Date of issue
September 1984
Section 3 - Office Machines
Common models of typewriters and c a l c u l a t o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e to support
the requirements for the administration of different kinds of projects.
This section also includes a microfiche r e a d e r and a r e a d e r - p r i n t e r .
For each model of typewriter a wide selection of scripts and keyboards
can be supplied. All typewriters shown in t h i s guidelist have item
numbers for English, French a n d special l a n g u a g e k e y b o a r d s .
The language of the keyboard must be specified in the equipment
request.
eeeeeoeeeeee
OOSOOOOOOQB
oeoooooooee
eooooQueee
ooooooooeoe
OQOOOOOOOOi
oeooooiiei
English
French
all typewriters shown here can be supplied with "Elite" or "Pica"
which a r e two common types of s c r i p t . If you prefer one of the s c r i p t s ,
please state that script in the r e q u e s t . Electronic typewriters a r e
delivered with both Elite a n d Pica typewheels.
Elite
Ein Name, d e r s i c h
Pica
E i n Name, d e r s i c h
Làndern d e r W e l t .
Lándern d e r Welt.
12
3
¿ + 5 6 7 8 9
1 2
3 ^ 5 6 7 8 9
A B C D E F G H I
When ordering typewriter ribbons, please s t a t e make a n d model of
the t y p e w r i t e r ( s ) .
Page
66
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
Quantity
Illustration
Manual Portable Typewriter
strongly constructed with:
back and half-space correction key
segment shift
t r i p l e setting line space selection
1, 1 1/2 and 2 lines
ribbon selection switch, b l a c k , red
or for stencils
t a b u l a t o r set with single and total
clearance
two margin setters
c a r r i a g e , margin and p a p e r
release key
typestyle Pica or Elite
complete with:
u s e r ' s manual
c a r r y i n g case
5 spare ribbons
115.3.1
115.3.2
English k e y b o a r d :
240 mm c a r r i a g e
330 mm c a r r i a g e
115.3.3
115-3.4
French keyboard:
240 mm c a r r i a g e
330 mm c a r r i a g e
115.3.5
115.3.6
special keyboard (language
reference on supplementary
data sheet):
240 mm c a r r i a g e
330 mm c a r r i a g e
Note: keyboard l a n g u a g e should
be specified in the request
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
67
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
llustration
Manual Stationary Typewriter
heavy-duty office typewriter with:
back and half-space correction key
line space selector 1, 1 1/2, 2,
2 1/2 and 3 lines
ribbon selection switch, r e d , black
or for stencils
t a b u l a r set and clearance key
two margin setters
c a r r i a g e , margin and paper
release key
setting impression regulator for
the individual control of the
strength of printout
typestyle Pica or Elite
complete with:
u s e r ' s manual
dust cover
5 spare black and red ribbons
115.3.7
II5.3.8
II5.3.9
II5.3.IO
115.3.11
II5.3.I2
English
330 mm
380 mm
46O mm
French
330 mm
380 mm
460 mm
keyboard:
carriage
carriage
carriage
keyboard:
carriage
carriage
carriage
special keyboard (language
reference on supplementary
data sheet) :
II5.3.I3
115.3. u
115.3.15
330 mm c a r r i a g e
380 mm c a r r i a g e
460 mm c a r r i a g e
Note: keyboard l a n g u a g e should
be specified in the request
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
68
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Electronic Typewriter - 360 mm
typewriter working with t y p e s c r i p t s
on wheels and with correction
facility to eliminate typing e r r o r s
with:
pitch selector for the choice of
10 or 12 c h a r a c t e r s per inch,
providing possibility to use
many sorts of typescripts
correction key with memory
allowing automatic correction
of a p p r o x . 50 c h a r a c t e r s
line space selector for 1, 1 1/2
and 2 lines
setting impression regulator for
good printout when using
several carbon copies
t a b u l a r set and clearance key
two margin setters
margin- and p a p e r release key
back and half-space correction key
a p p r o x . width of c a r r i a g e 360 mm
complete with:
u s e r ' s manual
one typewheel style Pica 10 pitch
one typewheel style Elite 12 pitch
5 spare black ribbons
5 spare correction ribbons
dust cover
115.3.17
English keyboard
French keyboard
115.3.18
special keyboard
115.3.16
Note: keyboard l a n g u a g e should
be specified in the request
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
69
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
Illustration
Electronic Typewriter - 420 mm
heavy-duty electronic typewriter with
tyepscripts on wheels with possibility
to eliminate typing errors
with:
LCD display for approx.
15 c h a r a c t e r s
correction key for automatic
corrections of one line
approx. 350 c h a r a c t e r s
line space selector for 1 to 4 lines
pitch selector for 10, 12 and 15
c h a r a c t e r s per inch
t a b u l a r set and clearance key,
possibility to store approx. 8.000
c h a r a c t e r s divided on up to
25 works, in memory
automatic functions for:
c a r r i a g e r e t u r n with new line
underlining
indication of page end
possibility of s t r a i g h t r i g h t - h a n d
margin;
centering
approx. width of c a r r i a g e 420 mm
complete with:
u s e r ' s manual
one typewheel style Pica 10 pitch
one typewheel style Elite 12 pitch
one typewheel style Micron 15 pitch
10 spare black ribbons
10 spare correction ribbons
dust cover
115.3.19 English keyboard
115.3.20 French keyboard
115.3.21 special keyboard
Note: keyboard language should
be specified in the request
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
70
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Manual Stationary Typewriter
special height of script 3,5-4,5 mm,
heavy duty
back and half-space correction
key line space selector 1, 1 1/2,
2, 2 1/2 and 3 lines
ribbon selection switch, red,
black or for stencils
t a b u l a r set and clearance key
c a r r i a g e , margin and p a p e r
release key
setting impression regulator for
the i n d i v i d u a l control of the
strength of printout
380 mm c a r r i a g e
complete with:
u s e r ' s manual
dust cover
5 s p a r e black and red ribbons
115.3.22
II5.3.23
II5.3.24
English keyboard
French keyboard
Special keyboard
Note: keyboard l a n g u a g e should
be specified in the request
Typewriter Ribbon
II5.3.25
115.3.26
s t a n d a r d l e n g t h , black
s t a n d a r d l e n g t h , dual colour
(red/black)
c a r t r i d g e t y p e , black
II5.3.27
Note: when ordering typewriter
r i b b o n s , please state make and
model of the typewriter(s)
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
71
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.3.28
Quantity
Illustration
Correction Fluid Set
one bottle each of white correction
fluid and thinner for easy
correction of typing e r r o r s ,
approx. volume 20 ml in each bottle
115.3.29
Correction Paper Roll
white inked paper roll approx.
3 m in a handy p l a s t i c container
115.3.30
Correction Sheets
3 white inked perforated paper
sheets in an envelope each sheet
containing approx. 16 paper t a b s ,
approx. size 25 x 70 mm
115.3.31
Correction Tape
self adhesive white tape to cover
e r r o r s , correction can then be
typed on the t a p e ,
approx. size 4 mm x 15 m
Note: A n y similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes o r models
is purely coincidental.
Page
72
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.3.32
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Type Cleaner
for cleaning of type on the t y p e writer, a p l a s t i c case with b r i s t l e
of textile on one end and an
ampoule with cleaning m a t e r i a l
inside,
a p p r o x . 20 pes per box
115.3.33
Carbon Paper - Typing
suitable for t y p i n g ,
size A4,
approx. 100 sheets per box
U5.3.34
Carbon Paper - Hand Writing
suitable for hand w r i t i n g ,
size A4,
approx. 100 sheets per box
II5.3.35
Stand for Manuscript
for A4 manuscript with a d j u s t a b l e
arm and a gliding scale for
easier r e a d i n g of the line
II5.3.36
Stand for Manuscript - Electrical
with foot operated e l e c t r i c a l remote
control, t a b l e t y p e , a d j u s t a b l e
height, l i g h t , magnifying g l a s s
type sighting device, for A3-A4
manuscripts
complete with:
5 fluorescent lamps
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
73
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.3.37
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Desk Lamp Fluorescent
with clamp, switch, cable and plug
complete with:
5 fluorescent lamps
115.3.38
Desk Lamp Incandescent
with clamp, switch, cable and
plug, approx. 60 Watt
complete with:
5 screw type bulbs
115.3.39
Table for Typewriter
strong metal frame with wooden
top, with extended working top
for manuscript to be fitted on
required side, adjustable in
height with wheels, b r a k e s on
at least two wheels, to be
delivered dismantled
approx. dimensions:
500 x 400 x 700 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
r }
Page
74
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.3.40
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Pocket Recorder
p o r t a b l e , b a t t e r y operated, to
record and p l a y b a c k micro-cassettes,
with b u i l t - i n microphone and louds p e a k e r , counter, stop and p a u s e
function
complete with:
5 micro c a s s e t t e s 2 x 60 minutes
one set of b a t t e r i e s
u s e r ' s manual
a p p r o x . size 120 x 60 x 20 mm
115.3.Al
Dictation- Transcription Machine
for easy dictation and t r a n s c r i p t i o n
of l e t t e r s , for up to 2 hours
recording per c a s s e t t e ,
with remote control hand microphone,
indication for pre-recorded sound
and end of tape
counter
b u i l t - i n loudspeaker
p o s s i b i l i t y to record from telephone
complete with:
5 micro c a s s e t t e s 2 x 60 minutes
cable and plug
u s e r ' s manual a n d service manual
115.3.42
Microcassette
2 x 60 minutes
115.3.43
T r a n s c r i p t i o n Machine
for p l a y b a c k of cassettes recorded
on dictation machine,
with sound reproduction through
b u i l t - i n loudspeaker or headphones,
indication for pre-recorded sound
and end of t a p e
counter
p o s s i b i l i t y to operate with foot pedal
complete with:
headphones
foot p e d a l
cable and plug
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
75
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
II5.3.44
Quantity
Illustration
Pocket Calculator - Standard
with 8 digits liquid c r y s t a l
d i s p l a y , the four basic calculations
percent, square root, constant
calculations, a memory function,
automatic switch-off; powered by
two R6 type batteries to be
included, u s e r ' s manual
II5.3.45
Pocket Calculator - Solar
with 8 digits liquid c r y s t a l
d i s p l a y , the four basic
calculations, constant, a
memory function, percent and
square root c a l c u l a t i o n s ,
powered by solar c e l l s ,
u s e r ' s manual
115.3.46
Pocket Calculator - Scientific
with 8 digits liquid c r y s t a l
display, approx. 50 c a l c u l a t i n g
functions, constant memory, p i ,
reciprocal conversion of
d e g r e e s - r a d i a n s - g r a d s , low
battery indicator, automatic
switch-off, powered by two
R6 type b a t t e r i e s to be
included, u s e r ' s manual
115.3.47
Pocket Calculator - Programmable
approx. 50 or more steps, constant
memory, approx. 8 or more
addressable storage r e g i s t e r s ,
program designation k e y s ,
automatic switching to scientific
display in case of overflow,
possibility to round off decimals
(fixed point d i s p l a y ) , constant
arithmetic, chain c a l c u l a t i o n s ,
approx. 60 pre-programmed
mathematical and scientific
functions, conversion
possibility, 8-10 figure d i s p l a y ,
automatic power down facility,
battery supply, preferably by
R6 type b a t t e r i e s , u s e r ' s manual,
standard software
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
76
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.3.48
Quantity
Illustration
Printing Calculator
compact desk type calculator with
10-12 digits c a p a c i t y with p r i n t e r
and liquid c r y s t a l d i s p l a y , with
the four basic calculations four
constant c a l c u l a t i o n s , item counter,
a memory function, percent
c a l c u l a t i o n , powered by b a t t e r i e s
or through AC-adapter,
complete with:
one set of b a t t e r i e s ,
1 AC-adapter,
2 ink r o l l s ,
50 p a p e r r o l l s ,
u s e r ' s manual.
115-3.48A Paper Rolls
for compact desk type p r i n t i n g
calculator
115.3.49
Office Calculator
heavy duty office calculator with
10-15 d i g i t s capacity with printout
and fluorescent display
with the four basic c a l c u l a t i o n s ,
four constant calculation, s q u a r e
root, item counter, g r a n d total
key, a memory function, percent
calculation add-on and discount
counting, percent increase and
decrease calculations and key
for reference p r i n t ex. date or
numbering, AC supply,
complete with:
2 ink rolls ,
50 paper r o l l s ,
cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual
115.3.49A Paper Rolls
for heavy duty office
calculator
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
77
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.3.50
Quantity
Illustration
Microfiche Reader
to display content of microfiche
frame on a n t i g l a r e coated screen,
change of magnification by means
of ring mount lens system,
constant focus during search,
magnification of lenses a p p r o x .
24 x, 42 x and 48 x, one
c a r r i e r for fiche size
105 x I48 mm and one u n i v e r s a l
c a r r i e r size 180 x 240 mm
complete with:
dust cover
cleaning kit
5 spare bulbs
u s e r ' s manual
115.3.50A Bulb for Microfiche Reader
115.3.51
Microfiche Reader - Printer
to display content and to produce
copies of size A4 from microfiche
frames, utilizing dry process and
special paper, a n t i g l a r e coated
screen, change of magnifications
by means of ring mount lens
system, constant focus during
search, magnification of lenses
approx. 24 x, 42 x and 48 x,
one c a r r i e r for fiche size
105 x I48 mm and one u n i v e r s a l
c a r r i e r size 180 x 240 mm
complete with:
dust cover
cleaning kit
5 spare bulbs
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
115.3.51A Bulb for Microfiche
Reader-Printer
115.3.51B Copying Paper
for microfiche r e a d e r - p r i n t e r
pack of 100 sheets
115.3.51C
Toner
for microfiche r e a d e r - p r i n t e r
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
78
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
115.3.52
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Microfiche Duplicator
for d u p l i c a t i n g microfiches size
105 x 48 mm, consisting of
p r i n t i n g and developing u n i t s ,
dry process, utilizing both
special positive or negative
films, duplicating speed
approx. 6 microfiche per minute
complete with:
dust cover
cleaning kit
5 spare bulbs
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
II5.3.52
Bulbs for Microfiche Duplicator
115.3.52B
Positive Film
for microfiche duplicator,
size 105 x U 8 , box of 1000 pes
115.3.52C
Negative Film
for microfiche duplicator,
size 105 x 148, box of 1000 pes
II5.3.52D
Title Band, White
for positive film, size of b a n d
12,5 mm for 1000 fiches
115.3.52E
Title Band,
Black
for negative film, size of band
12,5 mm for 1000 fiches
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
79
f
N.
m
"\
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
/
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Section L, - Draughting Equipment and Supplies
The items listed in this section are intended to meet the requirements
of draughting and technical i l l u s t r a t i o n offices and classrooms. These
items are p a r t i c u l a r l y useful for instructors and teachers when
preparing drawings, l a y o u t s , etc.
Management and commercial t r a i n i n g projects will also find t h a t many
of their requirements are contained in this section.
This section also includes equipment for l e t t e r i n g and s i g n s .
Page
80
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.4.1
Compass - Set
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
compass with detachable leg, lead
insert and lead box,
for circles up to approx.
300 mm diameter,
approx. length 140 mm
115.4.2
Compass - With Automatic Bow Set
quick set compass with automatic
bow, lead insert and lead box
and comDass attachment,
for circles up to approx.
300 mm diameter,
approx. length 160 mm
115.4.3
Beam Compass
made of aluminium with working
range approx. 950 mm,
complete with t i p , lead and
ink i n s e r t ,
approx. length 500 mm
115.4.4
Drawing Instrument Set - Small
small set comprising:
compass with quick setting bow for
circles of approx. 350 mm diameter
extension b a r , fixed working range
approx. 600 mm
lead insert,
lead box,
plastic c a s e .
115.4.5
Drawing Instrument Set - Medium
set comprising:
compass with quick setting bow for
circles of approx. 350 mm diameter
extension b a r , fixed working range
approx. 600 mm
divider,
drop s p r i n g ,
bow combination,
compass attachment,
lead box,
plastic case.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
82
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
115.4.6
Quantity
llustration
Ruler - Wood
made of wood with metric c a l i b r a t i o n ,
300 mm length
0
1
l
i
g
k
&
7
S
Ruler - Plastic
for drawing and office use,
made of strong plastic with
metric c a l i b r a t i o n and inking
edge
II5.4.7
115.4.8'
length 300 mm
length 500 mm
T-Square
n
made of strong clear plastic with
metric c a l i b r a t i o n and inking edge
II5.4.9
II5.4.IO
i » i» i»i » i'i' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
length 500 mm
length 700 mm
\J
Triangle Scale
with 6 reduction scales,
length 300 mm
II5.4.II
scale A
1:20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125
II5.4.I2
scale B
1:100, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500
II5.4.I3
scale C
.1:500, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 2500
i
Ji
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
t
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
r
20 0
1
SE
I
I
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Page
83
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115-4.14
Quantity
Illustration
Flexible Ruler
metric c a l i b r a t i o n ,
length 300 mm
115.4.15
Tape Measure
with metric c a l i b r a t i o n , in strong
leather, metal or p l a s t i c case,
approx. length 30 m
115.4.16
Measuring Rule
measuring steel band with metric
calibration in metal or strong
plastic case, suitable also for
internal measuring,
length 2 m
115-4.17
Folding Rule
made of tough wood with die-sunk
metric and inch c a l i b r a t i o n ,
length 2 m
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
84
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
triangle
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
liJ'lUHUHil'iy'lil'lllWM^lllW^'FW'iliWiilil'Fllli'Jl'
made of strong t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c
with metric c a l i b r a t i o n and inking
edge,
a p p r o x . length 250 mm
115.4.18
115.A.19
90,
90,
60 and 30 degrees
45 and 45 degrees
115.4.20
Adjustable Triangle
strong p l a s t i c construction,
a p p r o x . length 300 mm
115.4.21
Protractor
made of strong c l e a r p l a s t i c
with inking edge,
180 degrees,
a p p r o x . length 150 mm
115.4.22
Curve Rulers
set comprising 3 pieces with most
common c u r v e s ,
made of strong c l e a r p l a s t i c
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
85
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
Illustration
115.4.23 Template - Circles
made of strong plastic with inking
edge,
circles from approx. 1 up to 36 mm
by 1 mm i n t e r v a l
115.4.24 Template - Radii - 500 mm
made of strong plastic with inking
edge, circle, curves and r a d i i of
commonly used dimensions,
r a d i i from approx. 1 up to 500 mm
115.4.25 Template - Radii - 40 mm
made of strong plastic with inking
edge, circles, protractor and
surface finish symbols,
r a d i i from approx. 0,5 up to 40 mm
115.4.26 Template - Triangles
made of strong plastic with inking
edge,
triangles from approx. 2 up to 32 mm
by 1 mm interval
115.4.27 Template - Squares
made of strong plastic with inking
edge,
squares from approx. 1 up to 35 mm
by 1 mm i n t e r v a l
115.4.28 Template - Combined Symbols
made of strong plastic with inking
edge,
circles, s q u a r e s , hexagones,
triangles,
each from approx. 3 up to 24 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
86
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
Quantity
Illustration
115-A.29 Template - Quadrograph
strong p l a s t i c q u a l i t y for use with
pencils and inking pens,
q u a d r o g r a p h to draw squares and
rectangles from 2 to 68 mm
115.4.30 Template - Ellipses - Isometric
made of strong p l a s t i c with inking
edge,
isometric ellipses from a p p r o x .
2 up to 60 mm
115.4.31
Template - Ellipses - Diametric
made of strong p l a s t i c with inking
edge,
diametric ellipses from a p p r o x .
4 up to 70 mm
115.4.32 Template - Arrows
made of strong p l a s t i c with v a r i o u s
arrows in different s h a p e s , even
s u i t a b l e for traffic p l a n n i n g , for
use with pencils and inking pens
115.4.33 Template - Civil Engineering
set of 3 to 5 pieces with civil
engineering and a r c h i t e c t u r a l
common symbols for use with
pencils and inking pens,
strong p l a s t i c q u a l i t y
III..
115.4.34 Templates - Electrical Engineering
set of 3 to 5 pieces with all
commonly used electro-technical
symbols, strong q u a l i t y (coloured)
t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c , inking edge
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
87
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Descriptor
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
115.4.35 Template - Sinus Curves
to draw sinus-curves and other
commonly used figures in electrical
engineering, made of strong
(coloured) t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c ,
inking edge
115.4. 36 Templates - Electronics
~ — L-j 11îi « it"« • « ] 'i ; • " A» ~
set of 2 to 3 pieces with all symbols
commonly used in electronics;
strong q u a l i t y (coloured) t r a n s p a r e n t
p l a s t i c , inking edge
115.4.37 Template Mechanical Symbols
made of strong plastic with inking
edge,
approx. size 150 x 150 mm
115.4.38 Template - Radii and Nuts
made of strong plastic with inking
edge, with surface finish symbols,
r a d i i from approx. 1,5 up to 20 mm,
nuts and bolts from approx. M2 up
to M24
Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and Illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
88
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
Quantity
Illustration
Drawing Paper
white strong paper for design and
drawing, approx. 125-175 grams
per square metre
115.4. 39
115.4.40
115.4.41
Size A4 (in packs or block)
Size A3 (in packs or block)
In rolls 150 cm wide, 25 m long
T r a n s p a r e n t Drawing Paper
strong t r a n s p a r e n t paper for a r t
work and for easy copying,
a p p r o x . 60 grams per square
metre,
115.4.42
115.4.43
Size A4 (approx. 100 sheets/block)
Size A3 (approx. 100 sheets/block)
115.4.44
in r o l l s , approx. width 900 mm,
approx. length 20 m
Millimeter Paper
115.4.45
115.4.46
115.4.47
s q u a r e d , l x l mm, paper of stront
quality,
Size A4 (approx. 100 sheets/block)
Size A3 (approx. 100 sheets/block)
In rolls approx width 900 mm,
a p p r o x . length 20 metres
Squared Drawing Paper
squared, 5 x 5 mm, paper of strong
quality,
approx. 100 sheets per block
115.4.48
115.4.49
Size A4
Size A3
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
89
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
llustration
Perspective Drawing Paper
for perspective drawings and
sketches in blocks or packs
50 to 100 sheets
115.4.50
115.4.51
Size A4
Size A3
115.4.52
Logarithm Paper - Single
sheets with
mm spaced
module 100
size A4,
approx. 50
115.4.53
perpendicular log and
lines, axis 1 to 100,
mm,
sheets per block
"""jeii--"---" 9 ~ffi±Sï::ï:ï
:HH|H:"±-7 "E
-TTïïlTÎÏÏTÏÏÏÏif--6
~
Logarithm Paper - Double
sheets with
log spaced
module 100
size A4,
approx. 50
perpendicular log and
l i n e s , axis 1 to 100,
mm,
sheets per block
Drawing Film
115.4.54
115.4.55
polyester film for
t r a n s p a r e n t , good
approx. thickness
approx. 100 sheets
Size A4
Size A3
drawings,
quality,
0,05 mm
per pack
115.4.56
in rolls, approx. width 850 mm,
approx. length 20 m
115.4.57
Plastic Cover
in rolls for protection of drawings
etc.
approx. width 600 mm
length 25 m
115.4.58
Plastic Foil
self-adhesive foil in rolls for
protection of drawings and
originals etc.
approx. width 500 mm
length 25 m
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
90
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
115.4.59
Quantity
Illustration
Stylet Set
set comprising one metal handle
and 5 pieces each of 5 different
shaped b l a d e s , suitable for a r t work
115.4.60
m
Cutting Pad
white, squared cutting p a d ,
t r a n s p a r e n t , to be used
s e p a r a t e l y or on a light t a b l e ,
approx. size 450 x 300 mm
115.4.61
Drawing Weight
made of iron, covered by chamoisleather,
approx. weight 400 grams
approx. diameter 60 mm
115.4.62
Dusting Brush
for cleaning on drafting machines,
and desks, with wooden or p l a s t i c
handle and soft b r i s t l e ,
approx. length 250 mm
115.4.63 Writing Board
strong plastic board with p a p e r
clip at the top,
size A4
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
91
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Illustration
Drawing Board
portable, made of p l a s t i c , flat
with sliding p a r a l l e l ruler and
paper holding clip
115.4.64
115.4.65
Size A4
Size A3
115.4.66
Protractor Head
suitable for both A4 and A3 portable drawingboards, revolving
90 degrees, rulers with metric
calibration and inking edge,
length of r u l e r s 100 and 150 mm
115.4.67
Light Table
wooden frame with g l a s s top and
built-in l i g h t ,
approx. size 500 x 750 mm
115.4.68
Drawing Mechanism
for light t a b l e , suspension running
drawing mechanism with protractor
head with scales 1:1:2,5,
length of rulers 300 mm
Drawing Board - Table model
made of wood with laminated
plastic top, for table use with
adjustable stand, with suspension
running drawing mechanism and
protractor head with scales 1:1:2,5,
length of rulers 300 mm
115.4.69
115.4.70
Size A2
Size Al
420 x 594 mm
594 x 841 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Quantity
Description
115.4.71 Drafting, Machine
Date of Issue
September 1984
Illustration
Educational
for educational u s e , with good
function, light but strong
construction, full floating b a l a n c e ,
adjustable in height and a n g l e ,
with manual locking screw, r i g h t
hand model on s t a n d ,
t r a c k type drafting machine with
s t a n d a r d drafting head 360°
c i r c u l a r s c a l e , r u l e r s made of
t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c with scale
1:1:5, length of r u l e r s
300 and 500 mm, utensils t r a y ,
a p p r o x . size of board 700 x 1200 mm
II5.4.72 Drafting Machine - Heavy Duty
heavy duty parallelogram type
drawing t a b l e , full floating b a l a n c e
by means of compression s p r i n g s ,
smoothly a d j u s t a b l e in height and
angle by the parallelogram p r i n c i p l e ,
r i g h t hand model on stand,
t r a c k type drafting machine with
horizontal and v e r t i c a l r a i l s made
of light metal with steel s t r i p s to
t a k e magnetic clamps, utensils
tray,
s t a n d a r d d r a f t i n g head:
360° c i r c u l a r scale 180 0 -0°-180°,
p r o t r a c t o r divided to one degree,
double v e r n i e r ,
r u l e r s made of t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c
with scale 1:1:5,
length of r u l e r s 300 and 500 mm,
complete set of r u l e r s and
accessories,
a p p r o x . size of board 1000x1500 mm
115.4.72A Isometric Drafting
attachment
to drafting machine, made of
p l a s t i c , a set of sliding angles
move along an inclined t r a c k ;
an angle to which tracing p a p e r
is attached moves in exact
isometric r a t i o to two dimensional
drawings u n d e r n e a t h
Note: Any similarity In above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
93
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.4.73
Quantity
Illustration
Drawing Holder
small self adhesive plastic
holders for drawings or other
paper sheets
115.4.74
Wallstand for Drawings
made of p l a s t i c , easy to assemble
by height,
approx. diameter of bow 250 mm
115.4.75
Stand for Drawings - Console
heavy metal constructed brackets
for wall mounting, with 5 drawing
holders for up to Al sized drawings
115.4.76
Stand for Drawings - Floor
heavy metal constructed floor s t a n d
for 25 drawing holders, each holder
for approx. 30 drawings of up to
Al size
115.4.77
Drawing Cabinet
heavy steel constructed cabinet with
central lock and 15 drawers for
drawings up to Al size, each drawer
with dividers to enable proper
storage of Al, A2, A3 and A4
drawings
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
94
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.4.78
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Ink Drawing 3-Set
set in p r a c t i c a l strong case
comprising:
3 drawing pens, one each of 0,35,
0,5 and 0,7 mm line width
1 compass attachment
1 stencilling joint
1 ink bottle approx. 20 ml
Note: for ink drawings
see Annex IV
115.A.79
Ink Drawing 8-Set
set in p r a c t i c a l strong case
comprising:
8 drawing pens, one each of 0,18,
0,25, 0,35, 0,5, 0,7, 1,0, 1,4
and 2,0 mm line width
1 compass attachment
1 stencilling joint
1 ink bottle a p p r o x . 20 ml
II5.4.8O
Drawing Ink
black, permanent ink for drawing on
paper and film, in plastic bottle,
a p p r o x . volume 50 ml per bottle
115.4.81
Cleaning Liquid
for cleaning of ink-drawing p e n s ,
approx. volume 100 ml per bottle
115.4.82
Ink Cleaning Cup
for cleaning of ink-drawing p e n s ,
with small compartments to place
the p a r t s of the drawing pens into
when c l e a n i n g ,
complete with 10 bags of cleaning
concentrate
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
95
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
Illustration
Lettering Template - Straight Types
templates made of plastic and with
metal frame, with lowercase and
capital l e t t e r s ,
to be used with ink drawing pens
115.A.83
115.4.84
115.4.85
115.4.86
115.4.87
115.4.88
115.4.89
115.4.90
À3CiEGHJKLMNxlÎPRSfÛ
height of l e t t e r s :
1,8 mm
2,5 mm
3,5 mm
5,0 mm
7,0 mm
10,0 mm
14,0 mm
20,0 mm
18
3abcdefgi
3,5
aabcdc
aabcde.
5,0
aabc
aabc
7,0
aab dab
10,0
aa aa
14,0
ac ac
20,0
a a
height of l e t t e r s :
1,8 mm
115.4.91
115.4.92
115.4.93
115.4.94
115.4,95
115.4-96
115.4.97
115.4.98
3,5
5,0
7,0
10,0
14,0
20,0
115.4.99
Template
2,5 mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
êabcdefg'
2,5 aabcdefgl
Lettering Template - Slanted Types
templates made of plastic and with
metal frame, with lowercase and
capital l e t t e r s ,
to be used with ink drawing pens
aobcdefgl
strong plastic q u a l i t y , for use
with pencils and inking pens,
for letter spacings of 2,5 to
10 mm letters
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
96
Equipment guide list
Date of issue
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d
II5.4.IOO
II5.4.IOI
II5.4.IO2
7,9 mm 28 pt
10,0 mm 36 pt
11,4 mm 42 pt
Illustration
Numbers
s h e e t s w i t h a c o m b i n a t i o n of
l e t t e r s , numbers and symbols which
t r a n s m i t s from t h e s h e e t s t h r o u g h
r u b b i n g , s u i t a b l e for a r t w o r k ,
p r o d u c t i o n of o v e r h e a d t r a n s p a r e n c i e s
etc.
a p p r o x . size 400 x 250 mm
Extra Light
h e i g h t of l e t t e r s :
September 1984
Extra Light
Eai Ea1 Ea1
28pt
7.9mmB
36 pt
lO.OmmB
4 2 pt
11.4mmB
Medium
Ea1
28pt
7.9mmN
Eai
Ea1
42pt
36 pt
lO.OmmN
Medium
h e i g h t of l e t t e r s ;
II5.4.IO3
II5.4.IO4
II5.4.IO5
7,9 mm 28 pt
10,0 mm 36 pt
11,4 mm 42 pt
Û
Medium O u t l i n e
h e i g h t of l e t t e r s :
115.4.106
II5.4.IO7
10,0 mm 36 pt
11,4 mm 42 pt
Med. Italic
Ea1
28pt
7.8mm
Medium I t a l i c
h e i g h t of l e t t e r s :
115.4.108
II5.4.IOS
II5.4.IIO
7,9 mm 28 pt
10,0 mm 36 p t
11,4 mm 42 p t
Bold
h e i g h t of l e t t e r s :
II5.4.III
115.4.112
II5.4.II3
7,9 mm 28 pt
10,0 mm 36 pt
11,4 mm 42 pt
36 pt
10.0mm
42pt
11.7mm
Bold
Ea1
Eai Ea1
36pt
10.0mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
4 2 pt
11.7mmN
Page
97
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
llustration
115.4.114 Rub-on Lines
sheets with lines,
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7 points,
approx. size 400 x 250 mm
li
I I I
I
i
115.4.115 Rub-on Symbols
sheets with different symbols:
circles, s q u a r e s , s t a r s , arrows
and t r i a n g l e s ,
approx. size 400 x 250 mm
::Î:::|Î?;;?I????S:::?SÎ
ooooooooooooo
•ooooooooooooooooooooooo
cooocoooooooooooQooooooo
oooooooooooooooooootoooo
oooooooooooooocooooooooo
••••••••••••••••••••••o*
•••••••••••••••••••••••a
•••••••••••••••••••••••a
QaDQaaoDQQaDaononQnnarjaü
naDoaaDoaDaoarjaaaaoaaoan
DDDDDD
• * * • • • • • rfà
ÒWOVOA1
OOOOOj
115.4.116 Rub-on Arrows
4M444t44»4t44»44444
sheets with different arrows,
approx. size 400 x 250 mm
\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
********************************
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
uuiiiiiiiuumu
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
r>f.r>r>r«Mvivrtf«r>i<.r>r>Mv
luiiumimiiun
uuvvvuvuuvuvu. muuvv.vu.u.uuvv
444444444444444444444444444
444444444444444444444444444
*****m*è*àii,,êèàà
4444444444444444
4444444444444444
4444444444444 4444444444444
O
115.4.117 Rub-on Circles with Numbers
sheets with circles numbered
from 1 to 50,
approx. size 400 x 250 mm
O ®®
§) ® ®
(0) (S) (5Î
115.4.118 Rub-on Tool
O
O- -Û- <2> O
-O
-£> O -Ce •£> -O -O
®®®®®®fí)®®&®®&
®®®®®®0®®®®®®
®®®®®®®®®®®©®
S®®®®®®®®®®®®
® ® ® ® ® ® i ® -K ® © ® ©
® ® ® ® ® ® Î- ® ® ®ft© ®
® © ® ® ® a & ® « © j. ® ®
®®®®®®&®®<!>J!®®
®®®®®®©®®«®®S
®®®®®®®®®®®©&
®®®®®®»®®®®©®
® ® ® ® 0 ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ®0® *
® ® ® ® ® ® 0 ® ® ® ® ® ® ®®® .
® S ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ®®®0 ® © ® © ® © ® © ® © ® ® ®0®'
®®®®®®%®®®®®® ®®0 '
® ® ® ® © ® e ® 3 ® G ® S ©e®:
3,®0®©®©®0®0®e ® G ® 0.®©®0®0®©®G®© © O C ®®0®e®&®©®0®0 ®0® "
©®e®0®0®©®0se ©0®.
0®0®0®0®©®0®0 ®0® ©®s®©®0®©®©®© ®0®0®©®0®0®.©®e®© ® Q ® "
0®0®©®0®0®©®O ®S® .
3> © ® ® ®
's<;®®®
á © ® ® ® ®®
•>©©
®®®
®®®
i®®©® ©®®
s®©® © ®®®
9®®©® ©0®
â®®®® ©®®
î>®â®® © ® ®
3®®®® ®S®
9®®®® ®®®
SS®®® ®®®
E'®®®® ® 0 ®
5®®®® ©®®
3®0®© ®0®
?©©©© ®0®
3®0®© ©0®
9®©®© ©0®
5®0®0 ®G®
5®©®© ©0®
9®0®0 ®0®
3®©
®0®
3®0®© ®Q®
®®®®
®®®®
®®®®
©©©a
®®£® •
®0®® '
® ® ® @ ®®®'
® ® ® ®®®©,
® 0 ® 0®®® •
©®® ©©®© •
®®0®
® ® ® ® © i» ® ® :
® ® @ ® ®®®®.
® ® ® ® ®®®®'
© S 0 ® e®©®'
®®®« ®®@® •
0 ® S ® ©©e®;
©®@® 0®©® •
0®©® © ® G ® •
0®0® ©®£®;
©®e® © 0 0 ® .
© ® 0 ® 0®tD® •
©®e® © ® 0 ® •
©®e® © ® Q ® •
0®0®.
0®S®
made of wood or strong plastic
for precise transfer of r u b on
letters to paper
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
98
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Quantity
Description
Date of issue
September 1984
llustration
115.4.119 Rub-on R a s t e r Sheets - 50%
c o - o r d i n a t e d dots w i t h 50% b l a c k ,
on s h e e t s
a p p r o x . size 300 x 400 mm
115.4.120 Rub-on R a s t e r
Sheets
70%
c o - o r d i n a t e d dots w i t h 70% b l a c k ,
on s h e e t s
a p p r o x . s i z e 300 x 400 mm
115.4.121 L e t t e r i n g Machine Set
manual operated lettering machine,
for q u i c k composing of t e x t s a n d
h e a d l i n e s , made on self a d h e s i v e
t r a n s p a r e n t tape with b l a c k t e x t ,
e a s y to mount on a r t w o r k , l a b e l s ,
transparencies, drawings etc.
t y p e s on s t r o n g r e p l a c e a b l e p l a s t i c
discs
Tape in c a s s e t t e s which c a n
be p u t i n t o t h e m a c h i n e
complete
easily
with:
2 t y p e d i s c s , 12 pt a n d 24 p t
10 c a s s e t t e s of t r a n s p a r e n t t a p e
115.4.121A T r a n s p a r e n t
for l e t t e r i n g
in c a s s e t t e .
Tape
machine,
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
99
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
Illustration
115.4.122 Embossing Tool - 6 a n d 9 mm
for 6 a n d 9 mm t a p e w i d t h ,
a p p r o x . 4 mm c a p i t a l l e t t e r s
Embossing
Tape
m a t t , 6 mm wide
approx. 5 m per reel
115.4.122 A
115.4.122B
11S4.122C
11S4.122D
Blue
Black
Red
Green
Embossing
Tape
m a t t , 9 mm wide
approx. 5 m per reel
115.4.122E Blue
115.4.122F Black
115.4.122G Red
115.4.122H Green
115.4.123
Embossing Tool - 9 a n d 12 mm
for 9 a n d 12 mm t a p e w i d t h ,
a p p r o x . 5 mm c a p i t a l l e t t e r s ,
complete w i t h 2 s i g n d i s c s
Embossing
Tape
m a t t , 12 mm w i d e ,
a p p r o x . 5 m per reel
115.4.123A
115.4.123B
115.4.123C
115.4.123D
Blue
Black
Red
Green
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
100
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
Information
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Signs
s e l f - a d h e s i v e l a b e l s made of
p l a s t i c with i n t e r n a t i o n a l signs
i n w h i t e on b l a c k
Sign:
115. .124
115- ,125
115.4.126
115.A.127
115.4.128
115.4.129
115.4.130
115..4 .131
115..4 .132
115.4.133
115.4.134
115.4.135
115...4 136
115..4 137
115..4 138
115.4.139
115.4.140
II5.4.I41
II5.4.I42
115.4.143
WC
Men
Women
Wheelchair
In
Out
Push
Pull
Parking
Wardrobe
Lift
Telephone
Staff o n l y
Washroom
Water
Waste b i n
Arrow, l e f t
Arrow, r i g h t
Arrow, u p
Arrow, down
II5.4.I44
E m b o s s i n g Sign Machine
B3DDB
El C H E
QHHH
STAFF
ONLY
• •••
for m a k i n g n a m e s i g n s a n d o t h e r
t e x t i n f o r m a t i o n on e m b o s s i n g t a p e
to b e p l a c e d i n h o l d e r a n d a t t a c h e d
at the w a l l , p r i n t s both c a p i t a l and
lowercase letters,
a p p r o x . h e i g h t of l e t t e r s 13 mm,
e m b o s s i n g t a p e 19 mm w i d e .
E m b o s s i n g T a p e - 19 mm
a p p r o x . 10 m r e e l
115.4.144A
115.4.144B
115.4.144C
115.4.144D
Blue
Black
Red
Green
L15.4.145
Sign Holder
m a d e of a l u m i n i u m to h o l d s i g n s
a n d t e x t i n f o r m a t i o n p r i n t e d on
e m b o s s i n g t a p e 19 mm w i d e ,
a p p r o x . l e n g t h 220 mm
complete w i t h :
s e t of w a l l a t t a c h m e n t a n d s c r e w s
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
101
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Section 5 - Office and Classroom Furniture
The items listed in this section meet the general requirements
for furnishing offices, classrooms, vocational t r a i n i n g centres
and technical education i n s t i t u t e s .
As many of these items are r a t h e r l a r g e and heavy, the
specifications given and the i l l u s t r a t i o n s shown can also
be used for local purchase and manufacture.
Page
102
Equipment guide list
Date of issue
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
115.5.1
September 1984
Illustration
Chalk Board
for wall mounting, dark green
surface for normal chalk,
a p p r o x . size 1000 x 1200 mm
115.5.2
Chalk Boards with Metallic Surface
for wall mounting, dark green
surface for normal chalk and with
metallic surface for magnetic
display,
a p p r o x . size 1000 x 1200 mm
115.5.3
Chalk Board on Stand
d a r k green surface for normal c h a l k ,
swivel type for use on both s i d e s ,
stand with wheels,
approx. size 1500 x 1200 mm
115.5.4
Instrument Set for Chalk Board
2
3
*
SÌ
good q u a l i t y made from wood
or p l a s t i c
set comprising:
ruler length 100 cm
O
T-square
t r i a n g l e 45-90-45°
protractor
compass
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
103
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.5.5
Quantity
Illustration
Chalk - White
good dustless q u a l i t y , for use
with chalk boards,
white, approx. 150 pes per box
II5.5.6
Chalk - Coloured
good dustless q u a l i t y , for use
with chalk b o a r d s ,
coloured, 12 different colours
per box
II5.5.7
Chalkboard Cleaner
for dry cleaning of c h a l k b o a r d s ,
with wooden or plastic handle,
approx. size 100 x 150 mm
II5.5.8
Conference Easel for Paper Pads
with writing board for chalk,
mounting clamp for paper pad and
a shelf for c h a l k s , foldable with
adjustable metal legs,
approx. size of board 600 x 900 mm
II5.5.9
Paper Pad for Conference Easel
white, for conference easel,
approx. 25 sheets per p a d ,
approx. size 600 x 850 mm
II5.5.IO
Felt Marker Set
set of 4 markers in following
colours: blue, black, red and
green, for use on paper pads
on conference easel
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
104
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.5.11
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Magnetic Symbols Set
small symbols in following colours:
b l u e , red, green and yellow,
for magnetic d i s p l a y ,
each set c o n t a i n i n g : arrows, c i r c l e s ,
s q u a r e s in different sizes and
triangles,
a p p r o x . 300 magnetic symbols per set
115.5.12
Magnetic Sheets
set of one sheet each of the
following colours: blue, red green
and yellow, for making magnetic
symbols
a p p r o x . size of sheets 100 x 300 mm
115.5.13
White Board Marker Set
set of 6 markers in different colours
for use with white board and
conference easel
115.5.14
Cleaning Pad
to clean the surface on white board
115.5.15
Magnetic Buttons
set of L, colours, b l u e , red, green
and yellow,
a p p r o x . 20 buttons per colour,
a p p r o x . diameter 20 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
105
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.5.16
Quantity
llustration
Conference Easel with White Board
with white plastic coated writing
board for special felt markers and
with metallic surface for magnetic
d i s p l a y , mounting clamp for paper
pad and a shelf for accessories,
foldable with adjustable metal legs,
approx. size of board 600 x 900 mm
Note:
Paper pads for conference easel
on pa ge 104 •
1115.5.17
White Board
with white plastic coated writing
board for special felt markers and
with metallic surface for magnetic
display,
approx. size 1800 x 1000 mm
Planning Board
for wall mounting with white plastic
coated writing board for special
felt markers and metallic surface
for magnetic display with special
print for p l a n n i n g ,
approx. size 600 x 900 mm,
complete with a set of magnetic
symbols
115-5.18
annual planning checked p a t t e r n ,
50 lines, with horizontal printed
week numbers 1-53
115.5.19
annual p l a n n i n g , with horizontal
printed Monday-Sunday for 5 weeks,
v e r t i c a l l y printed 12 lines Jan-Dec
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
106
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual; draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
II5.5.2O
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Flannel Board
for wall mounting, strong
construction with wooden frame,
for use on both sides,
a p p r o x . size 800 x 1200 mm
complete with:
10 felt papersheets each of the
following colours: white, yellow,
red, blue, brown, green and black
for making symbols and figures for
flannel boards
tV
If
a p p r o x . size of felt paper sheets
500 x 700 mm
II5.5.2I
Planning Board
for wall mounting, covered with
small horizontal slots for insertion
of p l a n n i n g s t r i p s
complete with:
p l a n n i n g s t r i p s made of c a r d b o a r d ,
approx. 1000 s t r i p s each in
following colours: white, b l u e , red
yellow, green and orange
a p p r o x . sizes: board 700 x 500 mm
s t r i p s 300 x 20 mm
II5.5.22
Notice Board
strong construction with wooden
frame for wall mounting, surface
covered with textile, s u i t a b l e for
fastening notices with pins or
staples
Note :
Pins and tacks on page 54.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
107
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.5.23
Quantity
Illustration
Key Storage Cabinet
strong metal construction with
cylinder lock, for approx. 60 keys,
a p p r o x . size 300 x 300 x 100 mm
II5.5.24
Key-Plate
made of p l a s t i c , with a label and
a hook,
approx. size 50 x 20 mm
II5.5.25
File Stand
mobile floor stand with L, c a s t o r s ,
strong metal frame with two
shelves for books and files
approx. dimensions:
height
800 mm
length
800 mm
width
350 mm
115.5.26
Clothes Locker
strong metal construction, lockable
door, with one shelf, rack coat
and towel hooks,
complete with 2 keys
approx. dimensions:
height
1900 mm
width
400 mm
depth
500 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
108
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.5.27
Office Cabinet
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
strong metal construction with two
lockable doors and 5 a d j u s t a b l e
shelves,
complete with 2 keys
a p p r o x . dimensions:
height
2000 mm
width
1000 mm
depth
500 mm
to be delivered dismantled
115.5.28
Cash Box
strong metal box with safety lock
and t r a y for coins,
complete with 2 keys ,
a p p r o x . size 300 x 250 x 100 mm
II5.5.29
Locker for Valuables
strong metal construction with
safety lock, for personal effects
a p p r o x . dimensions for each module:
height
300 mm
width
300 mm
depth
350 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
109
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.5.30
Quantity
Illustration
Safe
small, for all sorts of documents
requiring protection from b u r g l a r y
and fire, with picklock protection
and fire protection for approx.
60 minutes, with locking bolts in
steel, complete with 2 keys
approx. dimensions:
height
width
depth
II5.5.3I
500 mm
550 mm
500 mm
inside
350 mm
hOO mm
350 mm
Shredding Machine
for destroying documents by
shredding them to approx. U mm
wide, with b u i l t - i n paper b a s k e t ,
approx. capacity 6 sheets
approx. cutting length 230 mm (A4)
Note: Any similarity In above Item descriptions and Illustrations with specific makes or models
Is purely coincidental.
Page
110
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
115.5.32
Illustration
Desk Lamp
desk lamp for up to 60 watt b u l b s ,
with adjustable arm,
total length a p p r o x . 800 mm,
lamp shade diameter a p p r o x . 200 mm,
screw fitting of the lamp
complete with:
desk s t a n d
5 s p a r e 60 watt bulbs
cable and plug
II5.5.33 Fluorescent Desk Lamp
with adjustable arm,
a p p r o x . length 1000 mm,
approx. size of lampshade 500x100 mm
complete with:
desk stand
5 spare fluorescent
cable and plug
bulbs
115.5.34 Magnifying Lamp
with 3,5 dioptries magnifying g l a s s
and fluorescent t u b e ,
adjustable arm with total length
approx. 1000 mm,
approx. diameter of lamp shade and
magnifying g l a s s 250 mm
complete with:
table clamp attachment
2 spare fluorescent tubes
cable and plug
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Date of issue
September 1984
Equipment guide list
iîSSk
m
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.5.35
Quantity
Illustration
Office Desk w i t h Side T a b l e
s t r o n g metal frame c o n s t r u c t i o n with
wooden d e s k t o p , complete w i t h t h r e e
l o c k a b l e d r a w e r s a n d one s i d e t a b l e
w i t h s m a l l c a b i n e t to form a L - s h a p e
office p l a c e ,
d r a w e r s to be f i t t e d with d i v i d e r s
and utensils t r a y ,
c a b i n e t to be f i t t e d w i t h s e v e n
l e t t e r t r a y s size A4 a n d a front
shutter panel,
complete w i t h two k e y s
approx. dimensions:
desk top
1600 x 800 mm
side t a b l e top 1600 x 430 mm
height
800 mm
Note: Must be d e l i v e r e d
115.5-36
dismantled
Office Desk
s t r o n g metal frame c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h
wooden d e s k t o p ,
complete w i t h t h r e e l o c k a b l e d r a w e r s
on b o t h s i d e s , d r a w e r s complete w i t h
d i v i d e r s a n d u t e n s i l s t r a y a n d two
keys
approx. dimensions:
desk top
1800 x 800 mm
height
800 mm
Note: Must b e d e l i v e r e d
115.5.37
dismantled
Bookcase
made of wood w i t h two s h e l v e s ,
s u i t a b l e a s a top on a c u p b o a r d or
as a s e p a r a t e s t a n d i n g bookcase
approx.
length
depth
height
115.5.38
dimensions:
1100 mm
300 mm
800 mm
Cupboard
made of wood w i t h metal f r a m e , w i t h
two s h u t t e r d o o r s , i n c l u d i n g s e v e n
letter t r a y s
approx.
length
depth
height
dimensions:
1100 mm
430 mm
800 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
112
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
II5.5.39
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Office Shelf
s t r o n s metal construction with
five a d j u s t a b l e wooden shelves
a p p r o x . dimensions:
height
1900 mm
width
900 mm
depth
300 mm
must be delivered dismantled
115.5.40
Office Chair
metal construction with five swivel
wheels, cloth upholstered seat and
b a c k , t u r n a b l e , adjustable i n h e i g h t ,
a p p r o x . seat height from 400 up to
500 mm
II5.5.4I
Office Chair with Armrest
metal construction with five swivel
wheels, cloth upholstered seat and
b a c k , with a r m r e s t s , t u r n a b l e ,
adjustable in h e i g h t ,
a p p r o x . seat height from 400 up to
500 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
page
113
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
Illustration
115.5.42 Student Chair
with strong metal frame, seat and
back of moulded wood, s t a c k a b l e ,
approx. seat height 450 mm
115.5.43 Chair - Stackable
with strong metal frame, seat and
back of moulded p l a s t i c , linkable
and s t a c k a b l e ,
approx. seat height 450 mm
115.5.441 Chair with Writing Table
with strong metal frame, seat and
back of moulded p l a s t i c , l i n k a b l e ,
approx. seat height 450 mm,
approx. size of table 250 x 500 mm
115.5.45 Chair for Conference Rooms
with wooden frame and armrests,
upholstered seat and back,
approx. seat height 450 mm
115.5.46
Stool
with strong metal frame and with
wooden seat, s t a c k a b l e ,
approx. height 450 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
114
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
115.5.47
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Student Desk - Simple
with strong metal frame a n d
laminated desk top for one student,
adjustable in height
approx. dimensions:
desktop
height
115.5.48
700 x 600 mm
600 x 750 mm
Students Desk - Double
with strong metal frame a n d
laminated desk top for two students
approx. dimensions:
desk top
height
115.5.49
1500 x 700 mm
750 mm
Table - Portable
with top made of wood-fibre-board
and with foldable wooden legs
approx. dimensions:
table top 1500 x 700 mm
height
750 mm
115.5.50
Table for Conference Room
made of wood suitable for conference
room and for 6 c h a i r s
approx. dimensions:
table top 2000 x 900 mm
height
750 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
115
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.5.51
Quantity
Illustration
Conference Cupboard
for wall mounting, made of wood
with two doors, inside fitted
with white plastic coated writing
board for special felt markers
and metallic surface for magnetic
display,
b u i l t - i n projection screen,
hooks for conference paper pads
approx. dimensions:
white board
2000 x 1200 mm
projection screen 1800 x 1800 mm
complete with:
set of 6 white board markers i n
different colours
one white board cleaner
set of L, felt markers for
conference pads
one pointer approx. length 1 m
10 pes conference paper pads
approx. size 600 x 850 mm
II5.5.52
Mirror - Framed
Note: size of a mirror should
be specified in the request.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
116
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Section 6 - Reproduction Equipment and Supplies
Assortments of simple and elaborate copying and p r i n t i n g equipment
and supplies are listed in this section. These items are useful for
the preparation of contrast p r i n t s and copies as required for t r a i n i n g
software and forms. They are not intended as supplies for a commercial
printing p r e s s . The l a r g e offset p r i n t e r and the accompanying supplies
are only intended for projects where l a r g e q u a n t i t i e s of t r a i n i n g
material are printed to cover the needs of a province, a country or a
region.
When preparing a request of printing equipment and supplies the
advice of a specialist in p r i n t i n g should be o b t a i n e d . Proper
operation with continously good results of the heavier offset p r i n t e r
needs a skilled operator. The supplies should be ordered for q u a n t i ties in lots of 100.000 copies.
Only those types and makes of photocopiers a n d / o r duplicating machines
should be listed in equipment requests having r e l i a b l e a f t e r - s a l e s
services in the recipient country.
Annex V - Different methods for reproduction
Page
118
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Item
Description
115.6.1
Photocopier - Small
Quantity
Illustration
small plain paper copier for
single A4 size copies, suitable for
ordinary and coloured paper 60 to
120 grams per square metre and
for t r a n s p a r e n c y sheets,
1:1 reproduction, exchangeable
cartridge containing essential
p a r t s and toner
approx. capacity 2500 copies p e r
cartridge
paper loading by cassette
containing approx. 100 sheets
approx. capacity 10 copies per
minute
complete with:
4 c a r t r i d g e s with black toner
1 paper cassette A4
u s e r ' s manual
approx. size 400 x 500 x 250 mm
Note: copying paper on page 140
115.6.1A
Toner
for a photocopier in c a r t r i d g e s
Note: model(s) of copier(s)
should be specified when
ordering toner and spare
parts
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
120
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.6.2
Photocopier - Medium
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
p l a i n paper copier for p a p e r size
A4/A5 to B4/B5, 1:1 reproduction,
for single or multi-copying up to
99 copies, for copying on paper
from 60 up to 90 grams per square
metre, paper loading by cassette
containing approx. 100 sheets,
a p p r o x . c a p a c i t y 10 copies per
minute, copy contrast regulator
complete with:
one A4/A5 p a p e r cassette
one B4/B5 p a p e r cassette
toner for a p p r o x . 40.000 copies
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
115.6.2A
Toner
Note: model(s) of copier(s)
should be specified when
ordering toner and spare
parts
115.6.2B
Service Spare P a r t s Set
115.6.2C
Pedestal for Photocopier Medium Size
floor s t a n d on castors and with
compartments for paper and
supplies for photocopier
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
121
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Item
Description
115.6.3
Photocopier - Large Size
Quantity
Illustration
plain paper copier for A3/Á4 paper
size and weight from 60 grams per
square metre to 120 grams per
square metre, with three or four
reduction possibilities; and two
enlarging possibilities; single or
multicopying up to 99 copies,
paper feed by 2 cassettes A4 and
A3, each cassette for approx.
250 sheets, copy contrast r e g u l a t o r ,
alphanumerical o p e r a t o r ' s and
diagnostic display
copying speed:
A4, about 20 copies per minute
A3, about 12 copies per minute
complete with:
A4 cassette
A3 cassette
toner for approx. 120.000 copies
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: copying paper on page 140
115.6.3A
Toner
Note: model(s) of copier(s)
should be specified when
ordering toner and spare
parts
115.6.3B
Service Spare P a r t s Set
115.6.3C
Pedestal for Photocopier Large Size
floor stand on castors and with
compartments for paper and
supplies for photocopier
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
. is purely coincidental.
Page
122
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Item
Description
115.6. 4
Photocopier - Large Size
With Sorter
Quantity
Illustration
p l a i n paper copier for p a p e r sizes
A4 and A3 with two or three
reduction p o s s i b i l i t i e s , r a n g e of
p a p e r weight of o r i g i n a l s and
copies from 60 grams to 120 grams
per square metre, paper loading
by two c a s s e t t e s , A4 and A3 size,
each cassette for approx. 250
sheets,
s o r t e r : v e r t i c a l type, with 15 b i n s ,
each bin with capacity of a p p r o x .
40 copies,
counter up to 99 copies, copy
contrast r e g u l a t o r , alphanumerical
o p e r a t o r ' s and diagnostic d i s p l a y
copying speed of about 30-35
copies per minute for A4 p a p e r
complete with:
one cassette A4
one cassette A3
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
toner for approx. 120.000 copies
Note: copying paper on page 140
115.6.4A
Toner
115.6.4B
Service Spare Part Set
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
123
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.6.5
Photocopier - Large Size
High Speed
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
plain paper copier for paper sizes
A4 and B4 with three or four
reduction p o s s i b i l i t i e s , minimum
range of paper weight from 60 to
120 grams per square metre,
approx. capacity of paper cassette
500-1000 sheets,
sorter: v e r t i c a l type, two sections,
each section with 20 b i n s , each
bin capacity 100 sheets (80 grams
per square metre), selector of
copies from 1 to 999, copying
speed approx. 50-70 sheets per
minute, copy contrast r e g u l a t o r ,
alphanumerical o p e r a t o r ' s and
diagnostic d i s p l a y
complete with:
s t a n d a r d cassettes (A4 and B4)
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
toner for approx. 200.000 copies
Note: copying paper on page 140
115.6.5A
Toner
Note: model(s) of copier(s)
should be specified when
ordering toner and spare
parts
115.6.5B
Service Spare P a r t s Set
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
124
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
Quantity
Illustration
Note: copying p a p e r on p a g e 140
Address Labels for Photocopier
labels suitable for plain p a p e r
copier white, on A4 sheets
115.6.6
100 sheets, label size 70 x 36 mm,
24 labels per sheet
115.6.7
100 sheets, label size 105 x 36 mm,
16 labels per sheet
Transparencies for Photocopier
suitable for plain paper copier,
with a printed white edge,
size A4,
approx. 100 sheets per box
115.6.8
115.6.9
115.6.10
115.6.11
115.6.12
Clear
Blue
Red
Green
Yellow
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
Is purely coincidental.
125
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Quantity
Illustration
Ammonia Copying Machine
table model ammonia vapour
developing, v a r i a b l e speed control,
separate on/off, forward/reverse,
heater and a u x i l i a r y ammonia
pump switch, p a p e r cutting
facility
approx. specifications:
working width 1200 mm, maximum
copying speed 5 m per minute,
dry copies,
dimensions 1400 x 350 x 250 mm
complete with:
two spare exposure drums
(if applicable)
ten spare fluorescent tubes
connecting cable and plug
u s e r ' s manual, service manual
115.6.13A Developer for Ammonia Copying Machine
115.6.M Ammonia Copying Center
with integral base, roll holder,
p a p e r cutter, v a r i a b l e speed
control, fine control, b u i l t - i n
voltage s t a b i l i z e r , automatic
siphoning off ammonia from the
surface of the p r i n t , ammonia
filter
approx. specifications:
working width 1200 mm
maximum copying speed 6 m/minute
dry copies, copy storage
compartment,
complete with:
two spare exposure drums
(if applicable)
ten spare fluorescent tubes
connecting cable and plug
u s e r ' s manual, service manual
115.6. UA Developer for Ammonia Copying Center
Ammonia Copying Paper
with normal sensitivity,
producing black or blue lines on
white background
80 grams per square metre
approx. size 1000 mm x 30 m
115.6.15 Black
115.6.16 Blue
approx. size 600 mm x 50 m
115.6.17 Black
115.6.18 Blue
115.6.13
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
126
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
Quantity
Illustration
115.6.19 Spirit Duplicator - Manual
with fold-up feed and receiving
t r a y s , with adjustable p a p e r feed
p r e s s u r e and corner s e p a r a t o r s ,
adjustable p r i n t i n g p r e s s u r e , fully
automatic fluid by wick a n d
moistening roller,
3 digit copy counter
a p p r o x . specifications:
for maximum paper size 230 x 360 mm
maximum p r i n t i n g speed 80 copies
per minute
dimensions 350x350x250 mm
II5.6.2O
Spirit Duplicator - Electric
with fold-up feed and receiving
t r a y s , with adjustable p a p e r feed
p r e s s u r e and corner s e p a r a t o r s ,
adjustable p r i n t i n g p r e s s u r e , fully
automatic fluid by wick and
moistening roller,
3 digit copy counter
approx. specifications:
for maximum p a p e r size 230 x 360 mm
maximum p r i n t i n g width 230 mm
p r i n t i n g speed 80 copies per minute
dimensions 350x350x250 mm
115.6.21 Spirit Carbon Stencils
normal s t a n d a r d black s p i r i t stencils
for a p p r o x . 100 copies,
size A¿,
approx. 100 stencils per box
115.6.22 Duplicating Liquid for
Spirit Duplicator
for s p i r i t duplicators in t i n s or
plastic container,
approx. 5 l i t r e s per container
II5.6.23
Correcting Fluid for
Spirit Duplicating
for s p i r i t d u p l i c a t i n g s t e n c i l s ,
bottle with b r u s h ,
a p p r o x . 25 ml per bottle
à
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
127
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Item
115.6.24
Illustration
Electronic Stencil Cutter
with scanning cylinder for transfer
of o r i g i n a l s : t e x t s , i l l u s t r a t i o n s
and photographs to electro-stencils;
sensitivity control, density control
for reducing or increasing cutting
density, light indication when
styli and filter need to be replaced
approx.
specifications:
dual scanning time 5 or 2,5 minutes
maximum o r i g i n a l size 200x380 mm
maximum scanning area 210x350 mm
complete with:
50 styli
20 carbon filters
10 o r i g i n a l holders
10 stencil holders
2 s t a n d a r d service sets
(scanning lamp, reading lamp,
springs etc)
1 set of service instrument
connecting cable and plug
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
115.6.24A Electro-Stencils - Lonq Run
for electronic stencil cutter,
for approx. 10.000 copies,
approx. 100 stencils per box
115.6.24B Electro-Stencils - Short Run
for electronic stencil cutter,
for approx. 1.000 copies,
approx. 100 stencils per box
115.6.24C Styli for Electronic Stencil Cutter
25 pes in box
115.6.24D Carbon Filter for Stencil Cutter
115.6.24E Correction Fluid for Electro-Stencils
for stencils used with electronic
stencil cutter, bottle with brush,
approx. 25 ml per bottle
Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
128
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.6.25
Quantity
Illustration
Stencil Duplicator
heavy d u t y , high speed d u p l i c a t o r ,
electrically operated but also
possible to operate manually,
with automatic feed system for
various weight of paper or b o a r d s ,
accurate secondary feed for overp r i n t i n g of t e x t s , copying on
headings and forms or for s e v e r a l
colours,
automatic master loading under
control of the on/off switch,
automatic ejection of the master
into a disposable paper box,
automatic inking with selectable
ink d i s t r i b u t i o n ,
receiving t r a y with control of
copystacking
a p p r o x . specifications:
p r i n t i n g speed from approx. 50 up
to 150 copies per minute
maximum p a p e r size 260 x 390 mm
4- digits counter
complete with:
20 pes disposable paper boxes for
master ejection, approx. c a p a c i t y
35 masters for each box
20 tubes black stencil ink
2 s t a n d a r d service sets (stencil
holder, inking roller, s p r i n g s
etc. )
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
129
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.6.25A
Quantity
Illustration
Stencil Ink
in c a r t r i d g e s for stencil
duplicators, approx. 400 cc
per c a r t r i d g e , black
115.6.25B
Stencil Ink
in tubes for stencil d u p l i c a t o r s ,
approx 400 cc per t u b e , red
Note: model (type) of stencil
duplicator should be specified
in the request to ensure proper
attachment for ink c a r t r i d g e s
115.6.26
Stencils for Typing
dry type for normal t y p i n g and
script work, long r u n ,
for approx. 10.000 copies,
approx. 50 stencils per box
Note: model (type) of stencil
duplicator should be specified
in the request to ensure proper
fastening attachment for stencils
115.6.26A
Correcting Fluid for Typing
Stencils
for dry type stencils, bottle with
brush, approx. 25 ml per bottle
115.6.26B
è
Pen for Stencils
stylus for freehand work, writing
and s i g n a t u r e s , on stencils
115.6.26C
Stencil Pad
made of plastic for use when
drawing or writing by hand
on stencils,
approx. size 250 x 350 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
130
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Item
115.6.27
Illustration
Process Camera
for dark-room use, easy to o p e r a t e ,
with automatic controlled exposure,
film speed coder and compensator,
correct size and automatic focusing
using simple c a l i b r a t e d , percentage
scale,
copyboard illuminated by two
halogène lamps,
with two b u i l t - i n s t a n d a r d lenses
150 mm and 210 mm
a p p r o x . specifications:
max. original size 500x700 mm
max. reproduction size 450x550 mm
reproduction r a t i o :
by 150 mm lens - 25 to 50% a n d
200 to 400&
by 210 mm lens - 50 to 200%
complete with:
10 halogène lamps
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
115.6.27A Developing Unit for Process Camera
to convert negative proof copies,
made in process camera, into
positive paper proof copies, for
use as o r i g i n a l s when making
artwork for offset d u p l i c a t o r s ,
a p p r o x . dimensions 700x300x150 mm
complete with:
100 sheets copyproof negative
100 sheets copyproof negative
100 sheets copyproof positive
100 sheets copyproof positive
5 l i t r e copyproof liquid for
developing unit
cable and plug
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
A4
A3
A4
A3
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
131
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
Quantity |
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
I115.6.27B Developing Unit for Metal Plates
for use with process camera, to
convert negative film to metal
masters, for direct use on the
offset duplicator, when the
master is developed, fixing is
made by hand
complete with:
50 negative paper sheets for use
on process camera
50 metal p l a t e s , size A4, each
plate for approx. 20.000 copies
2,5 litre developer
0,5 litre fixer to stop action
of developer
0,5 litre preserver for protecting
the metal plates d u r i n g storage
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
132
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
115.6.28
Quantity
Illustration
Plate Maker
heavy duty plate maker, combined
exposure and developing u n i t ,
with electrostatic process whereby
dry powder is fused by heat to
the p l a t e ; possibility to correct
the plate before it is fused with
a magnetic stylus and plate
cleaner; powder fixed and etched
on the plate by fuser, process
time^ to obtain plate ready for
use in an offset duplicator
approx. 40 seconds
a p p r o x . specifications:
maximum reproduction size
260 x 340 mm
reproduction r a t i o 1:1
dimensions 2100 x 500 x 400 mm
complete with:
two s t a n d a r d service sets
(spare p a r t s )
approx. 1.000 long run paper
plates A4, each plate for
approx. 10.000 copies,
toner and developer for
approx. 1.000 p l a t e s ,
magnetic stylus and plate cleaner
for corrections before fusing,
sufficient p l a t e etch for the fuser,
for approx. 1.000 p l a t e s ,
connecting cable and p l u g ,
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
133
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.6.29
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Paper Plates Long Run
strong and robust master for long
r u n , producing up to approx.
10.000 copies,
size A4
approx. 200 pes per pack
115.6.30
Paper Plates Medium Run
strong and robust master for
medium run, producing up to
approx. 2000 copies,.
size A4
approx. 200 pes per pack
115.6.31
Paper Plates Short Run
good quality for small editions
up to approx. 100 copies,
size A4
approx. 200 pes per pack
Note:
State type of offset duplicator when
ordering paper plates to ensure
correct type of plates
115.6.32
Plate Toner
for use in the plate maker to form
the image on the p l a t e ,
approx. 300 grams per bottle
115.6.33
Plate Developer
for use as a c a r r i e r for the toner
in the plate maker,
approx. 1 kg per bottle
115.6.34
Plate Etch
for priming paper plates manually,
in applicator or with plate maker
unit,
approx. 5 litre per container
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
134
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Item
115.6.35
Offset
Illustration
Duplicator
offset duplicator for office use
for high volumes of documents,
forms or l e t t e r h e a d s ,
with automatic- or manual control
using main control knob, for
damping,
i n k i n g , pre-impression, p a p e r feed,
p l a t e eject and blanket w a s h i n g ,
electronic counter with four d i g i t s ,
p a p e r feed to switch off a u t o matically after required copies
p r i n t e d , unit with eight r o l l e r s
for damping, and inking
a p p r o x . specifications:
for maximum paper size 395x297 mm
to 180 grams per square metre
maximum image a r e a 335 x 250 mm
feedboard/collecting t r a y c a p a c i t y
1000 sheets
gripper margin 10 mm
v a r i a b l e speed range for 60 to 120
copies per minute
plate size 254 mm punched or
unpunched
a p p r o x . dimensions:
open length
1.000
closed length
700
width
600
height
850
mm
mm
mm
mm
complete with :
25 c a r t r i d g e s of black ink
a p p r o x . 500 cc per c a r t r i d g e
2 spare r u b b e r blankets
5 l i t r e s of cleaning liquid
set of setting-tools
two s t a n d a r d service sets
(spare p a r t s )
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
135
•N
^.
©
Item
Equipment guide list
Date of issue
September 1984
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Quantity
lilustration
115.6.36 Offset Duplicator - Heavy Duty
heavy duty offset duplicator,
with single control lever that
operates the damping and inking
system, automatic damping device
for p l a t e s , detector to ensure that
only one sheet is fed,
accurate secondary feed for overp r i n t and colour p r i n t s ,
quick set side and swinging headlay
control adjust paper a n g e l ,
counter up to 99999 copies t h a t can
be set to cut of paper feed
automatically,
with 11 rollers for inking and
L, rollers for damping
with self lubricating pump,
H^V^ a\\—gyW
f^^
p\\— \ \
s*A
W~itj
&~~~~^1
<A
/
/
*~ l l i l l
\^—r—4FÌ
T
u r
11 ^5=1 \-
approx. specifications:
for maximum paper size 395x295 mm
for paper weight from 45 grams up
to 290 grams per square metre
maximum image area 335 x 245 mm
feedboard capacity 5000 sheets
collecting t r a y capacity 1000 sheets
gripper margin 6 to 8 mm
v a r i a b l e speed range from 50 up
to 150 copies per minute
plate size 254 mm
approx. dimensions:
length
1.500 mm
width
650 mm
height
1.300 mm
complete with:
ink and blanket roller cleaning unit
5 litre cleaning liquid
fountain solution for use in
damping
1 spare rubber blanket
2 extra damping roller covers each
for the small and the l a r g e roller
set of setting-tools
two s t a n d a r d service sets
(spare p a r t s )
u s e r ' s manual
service manual
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
136
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.6.37
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Fountain Solution
used in the damping system of the
duplicators to ensure c l a r i t y of
imape r i o h t through the run when
u s i n g metal p l a t e s ,
a p p r o x . 5 l i t r e s per container
Offset Ink
II5.6.38
II5.6.39
115.6.40
II5.6.4I
for quick d r y i n g ,
a p p r o x . 0,5 l i t r e s per tin
Black
Green
Blue
Red
Note: model (type) of offset
duplicator should be specified
in the request to ensure proper
type of offset ink
II5.6.42
Thinning Varnish
used to thin down ink in cold
temperatures,
a p p r o x . 2,5 l i t r e s per bottle
115.6.43
Thickening Varnish
used to thicken ink in hot
climates,
a p p r o x . 2,5 l i t r e s per bottle
115.6.44
Blanket and Roller Wash
quick drying cleaner for r u b b e r
blankets and rollers of the offset
duplicator,
a p p r o x . 5 l i t r e s per bottle
115.6.45
Blanket Restorer
for reconditioning and restoring
worn b l a n k e t s ,
a p p r o x . 0,5 l i t r e s per tin
115.6.46
ft
Hand Cleaner
for cleaning ink and oil from
h a n d s , a p p r o x . 5 litres per tin
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
137
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Section 7 - Paper and Paper Handling Machines
Different kinds of paper are listed under t h i s section. For the
purpose of specifying dimensions of p a p e r , envelopes, files, e t c . ,
and the capacity of p a p e r handling and p a p e r processing
equipment, the following paper sizes have been used in this guide.
A2
Al
AO =
Al =
A2 =
A3 =
A4 =
A5 =
A6 =
A7 =
841x1189 mm
594 x 841mm
420 x 594 mm
297 x 420 mm
210 x 297 mm
148 x 210 mm
105x 148 mm
74 x 105 mm
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
1000 sheets of A4 p a p e r , 80 grams per s q u a r e metre, have a
weight of approx. 5 k g .
One cubic metre of 80 g r / s q . m . paper holds approx. 140.000 sheets
Page
138
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Item
Description
115.7.1
Typewriting Paper - 45 grams
Quantity
Illustration
white, manifold paper for airmail
or typewritten copies, matt,
1000 sheets per pack,
45 grams per square metre,
size A4
115.7.2
Typewriting Paper - 70 grams
white, matt,
1000 sheets per pack ,
70 grams per square metre,
size A4
115.7.3
Typewriting Paper - 80 grams
white, matt,
1000 sheets per pack,
80 grams per square metre,
size A3
115.7.A
Duplicating Paper
white, matt, woodfree, uncoated
and surface p a p e r ,
1000 sheets per pack,
80 grams per square metre,
size A4
Coloured Duplicating Paper
coloured, woodfree paper for
duplicating and offset,
1000 sheets per pack,
75 grams per square metre,
size A4
115.7.5
115.7.6
115.7.7
115.7.8
Pink
Light Yellow
Light Green
Light Blue
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
139
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Photocopying Paper
white, matt, woodfree, uncoated
and surface p a p e r , s u i t a b l e for
photocopying and offset,
1000 sheets per pack,
80 grams per square metre
115.7.9 Size A4
115.7.10 Size A3
Offset Printing Paper
white, matt, woodfree p a p e r ,
1000 sheets per pack,
size A4
Grams per square metre:
115.7.11
115.7.12
115.7.13
115.7.U
70 g
85 g
100 g
120 g
115.7.15
Allround Paper
white paper suitable for spiritduplicating, photocopying and
offset,
1000 sheets per pack
80 grams per square metre,
size A4
Coloured Paper
matt, woodfree, suitable for typewriting, photocopying and offset,
1000 sheets per pack,
80 grams per square metre,
size A4
115.7.16
115.7.17
115.7.18
115.7.19
Pink
Light Yellow
Light Green
Light Blue
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
140
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
U5.7.20
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Paper Cutter - Small
manually operated, with p a p e r
s c a l e s , metric measuring edge,
p a p e r clamping device,
a p p r o x . cutting capacity L, mm
a p p r o x . cutting length 360 mm
II5.7.2I
Paper Cutter with Stand
heavy duty manually operated paper
cutter with guide lines for i n t e r n a t i o n a l paper sizes and automatic
p a p e r clamping device and safety
device, s e l f - s h a r p e n i n g of knife,
complete with floor stand,
a p p r o x . cutting capacity 40 mm,
a p p r o x . cutting length 360 mm
II5.7.22
Paper Trimmer
for exact trimming of single sheets
of p a p e r , c a r d b o a r d and foil,
with sliding knife, metric
measuring edge, guide lines for
i n t e r n a t i o n a l paper sizes and
automatic p a p e r clamping device,
a p p r o x . cutting length 960 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
141
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Note:
Small hole puncher on page 53.
115.7.23
Hole Punch - Adjustable
with 4 adjustable hole punches in
metal frame and paper guide,
approx. capacity 5 mm
115.7.24
Automatic Hole Punch
suitable to drill holes through up
to 25 mm of p a p e r , electrically
operated, supplied with two 6 mm
d r i l l s and operating instructions
approx. working surface 470x250 mm
115.7.25
Stapler Pliers
steel constructed s t a p l e r pliers for
6 mm staples", holding c a p a c i t y up
to 200 s t a p l e s ,
complete with 20.000 s t a p l e s , 6 mm
115.7.25A
Staples 6 mm
approx.
5.000/box
Note: dimensioni s ) and type(s)
of staples and model of s t a p l e r
should be specified in the
request
II5.7.26
Stapling Gun
steel constructed s t a p l i n g gun for
4 to 14 mm s t a p l e s , holding
capacity up to 150 s t a p l e s ,
complete with 10.000 staples each
of 4, 8 and 14 mm staples
115.7.26A Staples 4 mm
approx.
I
1
5.000/box
115.7.26B Staples 8 mm
approx.
5.000/box
115.7.26C Staples 14 mm
approx.
5.000/box
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
142
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Item
Description
115.7.27
Giant Stapler
Illustration
manually operated s t a p l e r for
10 to 14 mm s t a p l e s , c a p a b l e
of s t a p l i n g up to 10 mm of
paper,
complete with 10.000 staples
each of 10 and 14 mm staples
115-7.27A
Staples 10 mm
approx.
5.000/box
Note: dimension(s) and type(s)
of s t a p l e s and model of s t a p l e r
should be specified in the
request
115.7.28
Automatic Electric Stapler - 3 mm
table model, c a p a b l e of stapling up
to 3 mm of p a p e r , for 6 and 8 mm
staples,
complete with 20.000 staples each
of 6 and 8 mm staples
115.7.29
Automatic Electric Stapler - 16 mm
staples up to 16 mm of p a p e r ,
automatic adjustment to the paper
thickness, 3 operations possible:
h a n d , foot. or automatic r e l e a s i n g ,
complete with 20.000 s t a p l e s each
of 12 and 16 mm staples
115.7.29A
Staples 12 mm
approx.
115.7.29B
5.000/box
Staples 16 mm
approx. '5.000/box
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
143
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Quantity
Description
Illustration
115.7.30 Stapler
heavy duty manually operated s t a p l e r ,
staples up to 17 mm, s u i t a b l e for
p a p e r , c a r d b o a r d , l e a t h e r , textiles
and p l a s t i c ,
complete with 10.000 staples each of
10, 15 and 20 mm staples
working table size a p p r o x . 300x200 mm
115.7.30A Staples 15 mm
approx.
5.000/box
115.7.30B Staples 20 mm
approx.
5.000/box
Note: dimension(s) and type(s)
of staples and model of s t a p l e r
should be specified in the
request
115.7.31 Electric Single Head Stitcher
b2
heavy duty electrically operated
high speed stitcher for professional
use, flat or saddle stitching for up
to approx. 15 mm of p a p e r
complete with :
footswitch
50.000 staples each of 6, 10, 15
and 18 mm staples
115.7.31A Staples 18 mm
approx.
5.000/box
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
144
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.7.32
Binding
Quantity
September 1984
Illustration
Apparatus
manually operated,
booklets
Plastic
Date of issue
for
making
Binders
300 mm l o n g ,
dimensions:
i n following
approx.
pieces
diameter
capacity.
115.7.32A
115.7.32B
115.7.32C
115.7.32D
115.7.32E
115.7.32F
115.7.32G
115.7.32H
115.7.321
115.7.32]
1250
1000
750
500
300
300
250
150
100
100
4, 5 mm
6,0 mm
8,0 mm
9,5 mm
11,0 mm
12,5 mm
U , 0 mm
15,5 mm
18,0 mm
20,0 mm
15 s h e e t s
16-25 s h e e t s
26-50 s h e e t s
51-70 s h e e t s
71-85 s h e e t s
86-95 s h e e t s
96-110 s h e e t s
111-130 s h e e t s
131-U0 s h e e t s
141-150 s h e e t s
U5.7.32K
Transparent
Binding
Covers
for b i n d i n g a p p a r a t u s s i z e A4,
p a c k of 200 p e s
115.7-32L
Laminated Binding
Covers
for b i n d i n g a p p a r a t u s s i z e A4,
p a c k of 100 p e s
Note: t h e c o l o u r of p l a s t i c
binders and laminated
b i n d i n g c o v e r s s h o u l d be
specified in the request
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
145
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Quantity
Description
115.7.33
Electric
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Thermo-Binder
with b u i l t - i n h e a t e r , 4 t i m i n g
buttons and "ready" lamp
/ 4>
Covers
for t h e r m o - b i n d e r , s i z e A4,
in following a p p r o x . d i m e n s i o n s :
pieces
width
capacity
115. ,33A
115. ,33B
115.7.33C
115.7.33D
115.7.33E
I I 5 . 7 . 33F
I I 5 . 7 . 33G
I I 5 . 7 . 33H
200
180
160
140
120
110
100
80
1 mm
3 mm
6 mm
9 mm
12 mm
15 mm
18 mm
21 mm
6 sheets
20 s h e e t s
40 s h e e t s
60 s h e e t s
80-90 s h e e t s
100-110 s h e e t s
120-130 s h e e t s
140-150 s h e e t s
II5.7.34
E l e c t r i c Glue B i n d i n g
Apparatus
with b u i l t - i n t e m p e r a t u r e r e g u l a t o r
and overheating protection,
s u i t a b l e for b i n d i n g b o o k l e t s ,
p r i n t - o u t s , p a d s a n d compendium,
b i n d i n g c a p a c i t y a p p r o x . 80 mm,
b i n d i n g l e n g t h a p p r o x . 440 mm
complete w i t h :
25 k g g l u e
U5.7.34A
Glue for Binding Apparatus
in 5 kg weight
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
146
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
115.7.35
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Laminating Machine for A4 sheets
plastic laminating machine for up
to A4 sized paper such as d r a w i n g s ,
i d e n t i t y - c a r d s , documents, maps
and booklet covers, electrically
operated
Pla.stic Laminating Folders
for laminating machine,
pack of approx. 1000 pes
115.7.35A size A7 (75 x 105 mm)
115.7.35B size A4 (210 x 300 mm)
115.7.36
Laminatine Machine for Rolls
*2
Z
for professional use, adjustable
temperature setting for va.rious
types of plastic laminations such
as d r a w i n g s , maps, documents etc.
up to approx. 450 mm width,
electrically operated
115.7.36A Roll of Clear Laminating Material
Approx. 450 mm width and 150 m
length
Page
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
147
-L
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.7.37
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Paper Folding Machine
with v a r i a b l e speed selector,
automatic g r a v i t y feed, paper
t r a y guides, perforating and
slitting attachment, capable
of folding l a r g e v a r i e t y of
paper ranging from approx.
size 65 x 90 mm up to
300 x 550 mm, electrically
operated
115.7.38
Collator - Small
with 12 positions for A4 size
p a p e r , approx. 200 sheets in
each compartment,
electrically operated
115.7.39
Jogger
with v a r i a b l e speed selector, for
the alignment of p a p e r edges for
binding or other processing, for
maximum A4 size paper
electrically operated
115.7.40
Automatic Collator
heavy duty, fully automatic collator
with 15 stations for A4 size p a p e r ,
with stacking reception counter,
missfeed detection on each bin with
automatic stop, electrically operated
approx. capacity 2000 sets per hour
approx. length 2 m
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
148
Equipment guide list
( # )
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Section 8 - Safety and other Ancillary Equipment and Supplies
The items in this section are for the comfort and safety of
project personnel in duty s t a t i o n s .
Annex VI - Classification of fires
Page
150
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Description
Item
115.8.1
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Briefcase - Small
with imitation leather cover and
h a n d l e s , supplied with zip-fastener,
a p p r o x . size 400 x 300 x 40 mm
115.8.2
Briefcase - Large
with imitation leather cover and
with strong h a n d l e s , with two
l a r g e compartments for files and
one with zip-fastener,
a p p r o x . 450 x 350 x 150 mm
115.8.3
Wall Clock
with p l a s t i c c a s e , clear figures
and dependable quartz movements,
b a t t e r y operated,
complete with two b a t t e r i e s ,
a p p r o x . diameter 300 mm
115.8.4
Stop Watch
for maximum time keeping of
30 minutes with g r a d u a t i o n each
1/10 second and one turn measure
30 seconds,
with s t a r t , stop and zero setting
with the same button, with
mechanical winding-up mechanism
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
151
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
115.8.5
Quantity
Illustration
Waste Paper Basket
plain round plastic type,
approx. volume 15 l i t r e s
115.8.6
Plastic Bags - 15 Litres
for tidy handling of waste in waste
paper basket, suitable for approx.
15 litre b a s k e t s ,
in rolls of approx. 50 bags
115.8.7
Waste Paper Bins
made of plastic with c a r r y i n g handle
approx. volume 40 l i t r e s
115.8.8
Plastic Bags - 40 Litres
for tidy handling of waste in waste
paper b i n s , suitable for approx.
¿0 litre b i n s ,
approx. 15 bags per pack
115.8.9
Plastic Sack Carriage
with metal frame on L, wheels for
approx. 125 l i t r e plastic sack
for waste material,
approx. height 1000 mm,
complete with 50 pes 125 litre
plastic refuse sacks
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
152
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
115.8.10
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Package Cart
made of t u b u l a r steel, foldable,
approx. cargo space 500 x 400 mm,
maximum load 100 kg
115.8.11
Ladder - 3-steps
free-standing l a d d e r made of
aluminium with knee rest and
a n t i - s l i p steps,
distance between steps approx.
200 mm,
a p p r o x . height 700 mm
weight L, kg
115-8.12
Ladder - 6-steps
free-standing l a d d e r made of
aluminium with knee rest and
a n t i - s l i p steps,
distance between steps approx.
200 mm,
approx. height 1300 mm
weight 7 kg
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
153
Equipment guide list
Date of issue
September 1984
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Quantity
Description
115.8.13
Illustration
First Aid Kit
suitable for the office or the c a r ,
containing essential items for
FIRJTAID
O
first aid
Note: the project should ensure
that the v a l i d i t y of the f i r s t aid kit has been certified by
a qualified doctor
115.8. M
Stretcher
with metal foldable frame,
cover and s t r a p s ,
approx. length 1800 mm
115.8.15
canvas
Safety Helmet
strong, very impact-resisting helmet
made of PVC with adjustable head
strap
115.8.16
Safety Helmet with Eye Protection
strong, very impact-resisting helmet
made of PVC with eye protection
device, adjustable head s t r a p
115.8.17
Protection Glasses
with strong plastic frames clear
plastic lens and side protection
115.8.18
Ear Protectors
to protect the ears in situations
where loud noise is produced, with
g l a s s fibre reinforced p l a s t i c head
clamp and foamed p l a s t i c filled
ear cover
115.8.19
Ear Plugs
to be twisted between the fingers
and put into the auditory meatus
where it expands and gives good
protection from noise,
approx. 50 per pack
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
HE'^1
"i
-
il
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Item
Description
Quantity
Date of issue
September 1984
illustration
Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls
made of cotton with plastic b u r l s
to provide good g r i p and with
wristlet
115.8.20
115.8.21
size medium
size l a r g e
Note: for items 115.8.24 to
II5.8.3I please specify size
in the request
Protection Gloves
working gloves made of cotton
115.8.22
115.8.23
size medium
size l a r g e
115.8.24
Protection Shoes
made of strong leather with PVC
nail protective soles , and steel
toe caps
Overall
blue, made of nylon/cotton with
several pockets and elastic ribbon
in the waistline
115.8.25
115.8.26
115.8.27
size small
size medium
size l a r g e
115.8.28
Safety Belt
strong nylon waist belt with
a d j u s t a b l e l e n g t h , quick and easy
to put on through bayonet fastener
made of steel, with two D-rings for
line attachment,
complete with a p p r o x . 10 m nylon
rope
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
155
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.8.29
Quantity
Illustration
Fire Extinguisher - Class A
water filled to fight fires of
class A, in materials such
as p a p e r , cloth and wood,
refillable,
approx. volume 10 litres
approx. weight 15 kg
Note: see Annex VI for
classification of fires
Fire Extinguisher - Class A, B
filled with multi purpose powder
to fight fires of class A and B
of materials such as (A) p a p e r ,
cloth and wood, (B) inflammable
liquids such as petrol, oil,
grease and fat
115.8.30
115.8.31
approx. volume 2 kg fire size 1
approx. volume 6 kg fire size 2
Fire Extinguisher - Class B, E
filled with carbon dioxide (CO2 ) to
fight fires of class B and E of
materials such as (B) inflammable
liquids such as petrol, oil, grease
and fat, (E) electrical equipment
and computers,
refillable
115.8.33
approx. volume 2 kg fire size 1
approx. volume 6 kg fire size 2
115.8.34
Smoke Detector
115.8.32
small unit for ceiling attachment
with sound indication for fire
alarm at an early stage,
supplied with test button,
powered by a 9 Volt b a t t e r y
approx. diameter 130 mm
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
156
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
115.8.35
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Table Stove - One Plate
with single r a p i d hot p l a t e , b u i l t - i n
overheating protection, thermostat
control
a p p r o x . specifications:
dimensions 300 x 300 x 100 mm
diameter of plate 150 mm
1500 Watt
115.8.36
Table Stove - Two Plates
with two r a p i d hotplates, with
b u i l t - i n overheating protection,
thermostat control
a p p r o x . specifications:
dimensions 550 x 350 x 100 mm
diameter of plates 150 mm
1000/1200 Watt
115.8.37
Paraffin (Kerosene) Stove One Burner
single burner stove with high
c a p a c i t y in all weather
conditions
a p p r o x . specifications:
fuel capacity 0,5 litre
minimum 2 hours per refill
dimensions 170 x 170 x 100 mm
weight 1,5 kg
115.8.38
Paraffin (Kerosene) Stove Two Burners
t w o - b u r n e r s , p r e s s u r e - o p e r a t e d stove
made of s t a i n l e s s steel with s t a n d
and b r a s s fuel tubing,
approx.
specifications:
fuel c a p a c i t y 1,5 litre
minimum 3 hours per refill
dimensions 500 x 350 x 150 mm
weight 6 kg
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
f> Ì S t%
Page
157
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.8.39
Electric Water Kettle
115.8.40
2000 W to 3000 W with automatic
switch, c a p a c i t y a p p r o x . 2 l i t r e s ,
complete with 2 spare heating
elements connecting cable and plug
Hand Operated Can Opener
Quantity
Illustration
with mechanism to make it easy
to open cans of different shapes
115.8.Al
Plastic Tableware
set of h a r d p l a s t i c tableware
containing:
10 pes each of p l a s t i c flat p l a t e s ,
soup p l a t e s , cups and s a u c e r s ,
3 pes of bowls in different sizes,
10 pes each of steel, spoons, forks
and knives
115.8.42
Kerosene Lantern - Pressure Type
made of nickel-coated steel
approx. specifications:
fuel capacity 1,5 l i t r e
9 burning hours per refill
strength of light 300 Watt
height 400 mm
115.8.42A
Silk Mantle
for kerosene l a n t e r n p r e s s u r e type
in packs of a p p r o x . 10 pes
115.8.43
Kerosene Lantern Non-Pressure Type
made of t i n - p l a t e with s i l v e r - g r e y
finish, r u s t - r e s i s t a n t and l e a k proof
approx. specifications:
fuel capacity 0,5 l i t r e
15 burning hours per refill
height -250 mm
U5.8.43A
Wicks
for kerosene l a n t e r n , non-pressure
type in packs of a p p r o x . 10 pes
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
IfiV
Page
158
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.8.kU
Quantity
Illustration
Sleeping - Bag
comfortable a l l - r o u n d bag made of
r e d / b l u e nylon, filled with soft
h e a t - i n s u l a t i n g synthetic fibre,
for temperatures down to - 0°C
a p p r o x . weight 1,5 kg
115.8.45
Tent - Over-nighting
small conventional tent for approx.
four p e r s o n s , made of very
strong w a t e r - r e p e l l e n t c a n v a s
(100% cotton) with good ventilation
under warm conditions, mosquito
net covering the hole in the
entrance w a l l , entrance with z i p fastener, floor of welded p l a s t i c ,
colour unbleached,
a p p r o x . dimensions
length
2500 mm
width
2000 mm
height
1900 mm
weight
10 kg
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
159
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
Item
Quantity
Illustration
115.8.46 Refrigerator - 60 l i t r e s
free standing compact refrigerator
with semi-automatic push button
defrosting system, inner door with
2 retainers
approx. specifications:
volume 60 litres
dimensions 575 x 480 x 470 mm
115.8.47
Refrigerator - 160 l i t r e s
equipped with approx. 15 l i t r e
frozen food compartment,
special drawers for fruit and
vegetables,
semi-automatic defroster,
approx. specifications:
volume 160 litres for refrigerator
dimensions 850 x 550 x 600 mm
115.8.48
Refrigerator with Freezer
combination of an a p p r o x . 240 l i t r e
refrigerator and 70 l i t r e freezer,
with common refrigeration system
but separate doors,
with automatic defrosting system,
approx. dimensions: 600x600x1750 mm
115.8.49
Refrigeration Box
portable with three-way absorption
system, mains, b a t t e r y 12 volts
and LP-gas
approx. specifications:
volume 20 l i t r e s
dimensions 400 x 400 x 400 mm
115.8.50
Cooling Box
thermos type cooling box made of
strong plastic or metal,
approx. volume 25 l i t r e s
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
160
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Quantity
Description
Item
115.8.51
Vaccum
Date of issue
September 1984
Illustration
Cleaner
compact,
a l l p u r p o s e model:
s e l f - s e a l d i s p o s a b l e d u s t b a g to fit
into re-usable cloth dustbag
h i g h efficiency
filter
c o m b i - c r e v i c e a n d combined d u s t i n g
a n d textile nozzles
four w h e e l s
approx.
speci f i c a t i o n s :
dustbag capacity
length
width
height
cable length
loading
weight
II5.8.52
Desk
15 l i t r e s
425 mm
375 mm
275 mm
15 m
800 W
7 kg
Fan
s t r o n g c o n s t r u c t i o n , t a b l e model
with three speeds and oscillator,
a p p r o x . d i a m e t e r of b l a d e s 350 mm
II5.8.53
Ceiling
Fan
strong construction with t h y r i s t o r control,
a p p r o x . d i a m e t e r of b l a d e s 1500 mm,
complete w i t h m o u n t i n g a c c e s s o r i e s
and instructions
115.8.54
Air C o n d i t i o n e r - 2 . 5 kWh
( a p p r o x . 8500 BTU's)
room t y p e for w a l l i n s t a l l a t i o n ,
for c o o l i n g , c l e a n i n g , d e h u m i d i f i c a t i o n a n d v e n t i l a t i o n of t h e a i r ,
with multi position thermostat and
washable filter
approx.
specifications:
s u i t a b l e for a r e a s of up to 20 m2
dehumidifications 1 litre/hour
v e n t i l a t i o n 400 m 3 / h o u r
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
161
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.8.55
Quantity
Illustration
Air Conditioner - 3 - 2 kWh
(approx. 11000 BTU's)
room type for wall i n s t a l l a t i o n ,
for cooling, cleaning, dehumidification and ventilation of the a i r ,
with multi-position thermostat and
washable filter
approx. specifications:
suitable for areas of up to 30 m2
dehumidification 1 l i t r e / h o u r
ventilation 480 m 3 /hour
115.8.56
Fan Heater
with 1000 and 2000 watt heating
capacity, b u i l t - i n thermostat and
high speed fan
115.8.57
Kerosene Heater
thermal output of approx. 3KJ/S
wide reflector with automatic
lighting facility, safety tank
with capacity for approx. 14 hours
115.8.57A Wicks
for kerosene heater
115.8.58
Electric Torch
operating from two R20 b a t t e r i e s
complete with:
two R20 batteries
5 spare bulbs
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
162
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
Date of issue
September 1984
T
Description
Item
Quantity
Illustration
115.8.59 Generator - 300 W
petrol-driven for approx. 300 Watt
AC output a n d . 100 Watt, 12 Volt DC
output, a p p r o x . t a n k c a p a c i t y
2 l i t r e s , fuel consumption a p p r o x .
0,5 l i t r e per hour,
complete with u s e r ' s manual and
spare p a r t s for approx. 2 y e a r s
of operation.
115.8.60 Generator - 1500 W
petrol-driven for approx. 1500 Watt
AC output and 100 Watt, 12 Volt
DC output, a p p r o x . tank c a p a c i t y
10 l i t r e s , fuel consumption a p p r o x .
1,5 l i t r e per hour,
complete with u s e r ' s manual a n d
spare p a r t s for approx. 2 y e a r s
of operation.
115.8.61
Voltage Stabiliser - 1000 W
for sensitive electrical and
electronic equipment input
v a r i a t i o n s + / - 15%, output
fluctuations less t h a n + / - 0,5%.
115.8.62 Voltage Stabiliser - 2000 W
for sensitive e l e c t r i c a l and
electronic equipment, input
v a r i a t i o n s + / - 15%, output
fluctuations less t h a n
+ / - 0,5%.
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Page
163
Equipment guide list
Item
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
Description
115.8.63
Quantity
Illustration
Standard Battery type R6 (1EC)
1,5 V
Note: (IEC) I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Electrotechnical Commission
Standard
115-8.64
m
Alkaline Battery Type R6 (IEC)
1,5 V, non r e c h a r g e a b l e
115.8.65
Rechargeable Battery R6 (IEC)
1,5 V
115.8.66
Universal Charger for Batteries
to accomodate a l k a l i n e rechargeable
batteries type R6, R14 and R20
115.8.67
Standard Battery R14 (IEC)
1,5 V
115.8.68
Alkaline Battery R14 (IEC)
1,5 V, non rechargeable
115.8.69
Rechargeable Battery R14 (IEC)
1,5 V
115.8.70
u
Standard Battery R20 (IEC)
1,5 V
115.8.71
Alkaline Battery R20 (IEC)
1,5 V, non rechargeable
115.8.72
Rechargeable Battery R20 (IEC)
1,5 V
115.8.73
Standard Battery 6F-22 (IEC)
9 V
115.8.74
Alkaline Battery 6F-22 (IEC)
9 V, non rechargeable
Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models
is purely coincidental.
Mx
Page
164
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of Issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
ANNEX I
HOW TO ARRANGE AUDIOVISUAL EQUIPMENT
Here a r e some h i n t s how to p l a c e t h e p r o j e c t o r in r e l a t i o n
the spectators.
* The width of the screen
should be 1/5 of the
distance between the
screen and the spectator
furthest back
to
Example:
* No spectator should be
placed n e a r e r the screen
t h a n twice the width of
the screen
* A seated person is about
130 cm h i g h , and
accordingly the lower
edge of the screen should
not be below the s p e c t a t o r ' s
heads
The projectors and
recommendations in
a projection screen
room are such t h a t
Overhead
Projector
lenses shown below are chosen as per the
c h a p t e r 1. In this example we have suggested
150 cm x 150 cm. The dimensions of the c l a s s 25-30 students can be seated.
Slide
Projector
8 mm Motion
Picture
Projector
16 mm Motion
Picture
Projector
Opaque
Projector
I'M
Wide angle
70-120 mm
Zoom l e n s
50 mm l e n s
260 mm l e n s
Page
165
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
ANNEX I I
HOW TO PREPARE TRANSPARENCIES
There a r e two main methods to p r e p a r e t r a n s p a r e n c i e s for o v e r h e a d
projectors.
(1) M a n u a l
production
- With m a r k i n g p e n s i n d i f f e r e n t c o l o u r s you c a n w r i t e o n ,
d r a w or colour p a r t s of t h e t r a n s p a r e n c y .
- Rub-on l e t t e r s i s a n o t h e r method to p u t t e x t s on t r a n s p a r e n c i e s .
- T r a n s p a r e n c y s h e e t s w i t h 5 mm g r i d a r e i n t e n d e d for
p r e p a r a t i o n of d i a g r a m s .
the
- O v e r l a y s c a n be made w i t h m o u n t i n g frames for a d d i n g more
i n f o r m a t i o n to e a c h s h e e t .
(2) Use of t r a n s p a r e n c y
maker
A. Make a copy of y o u r
o r i g i n a l . P l a c e one
s h e e t of film over
the copy.
To t h i n k of when p r e p a r i n g
Adjust t h e e x p o s u r e
k n o b of t h e
t r a n s p a r e n c y maker
to t h e p r o p e r l e v e l
a n d i n s e r t b o t h film
a n d copy t o g e t h e r .
C. After a few s e c o n d s
you h a v e a n i m a g e d
s h e e t of film r e a d y
for f r a m i n g .
transparencies
(1) Make it v i s i b l e
Write, p r i n t or t y p e l a r g e a n d
legible
(2) Make it c l e a r
E v e r y t h i n g on a v i s u a l s h o u l d be r e c o g n i s a b l e .
example c h a r t s a n d d i a g r a m s s t e p b y s t e p .
( 3 ) Keep it
Show for
simple
Try to limit e a c h o r i g i n a l to one i d e a or c o m p a r i s o n . Break
p a r a g r a p h s i n t o s e n t e n c e s a n d s e n t e n c e s i n t o p h r a s e s a n d •••-'
key words.
Page
166
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
ANNEX I I I
PAPER - ENVELOPES
Below a r e e x a m p l e s of how to fold a n A4 size p a p e r (210 x 297 mm)
i n four d i f f e r e n t w a y s to fit d i f f e r e n t s i z e s of e n v e l o p e s . The e n v e l o p e
s i z e s in t h i s e x a m p l e a r e t h e most commonly u s e d .
C6 e n v e l o p e
114x162 mm
E65 e n v e l o p e
110x220 mm
C5 e n v e l o p e
162x229 mm
C4 e n v e l o p e
229x324 mm
Page
167
Equipment guide list
«X
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
ANNEX IV
HOW TO USE INK DRAWING PENS AND LETTERING TEMPLATES
Each i n k d r a w i n g p e n h a s a s p e c i a l c o l o u r i n d i c a t i o n for
t h e l i n e w i d t h i n m i l l i m e t e r . The l e t t e r i n g t e m p l a t e s h a v e
t h e same i n d i c a t i o n t o show w h i c h p e n w i l l f i t .
L e t t e r i n g t e m p l a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h s t r a i g h t or s l a n t e d
character.
f f ff f f f
Line w i d t h
0,18
0,25
0,35
0,5
0,7
1,0
1,4
2,0 mm
Colour
cation
red
white
yellow
brown
blue
orange
green
grey
indi-
S u i t a b l e for
lettering
templates
Letter
height
18
2,5
3,5
aabcdefgl
aabcdefgl
aabcdi
aabc d a b 3 Q
aabcdefgi
dûbcdé
dabc
aabcdefgi
5,0
To t h i n k of when u s i n g i n k d r a w i n g
7,0
10,0
14,0
20,0
ac 3
aab dû di
O
pens
- Make s u r e t h a t r u l e r s a n d t e m p l a t e s h a v e i n k b o s s e s o r
edges to a v o i d i n k g e t t i n g u n d e r n e a t h t h e t e m p l a t e .
- Clean t h e i n k d r a w i n g p e n s a f t e r u s e .
Page
168
Equipment guide list
Date of issue
List number 15:
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
ANNEX V
DIFFERENT METHODS OF REPRODUCTION
Each r e p r o d u c t i o n method h a s i t s own a d v a n t a g e s .
f i n d some s u g g e s t i o n s .
(1) S p i r i t
Here you w i l l
Duplicator
The c h e a p e s t method,
250 c o p i e s p e r d a y .
s u i t a b l e for a maximum d e m a n d of
Supplies: spirit carbon stencils, duplicating liquid,
(2) M a n u a l S t e n c i l
duplicating
paper.
Duplicator
S u i t a b l e for a maximum d e m a n d of 500 c o p i e s p e r
S u p p l i e s : s t e n c i l s for t y p i n g ,
correcting fluid.
duplicating ink,
I m p o r t a n t : When o r d e r i n g s t e n c i l s ,
day.
duplicating
s t a t e make a n d model of
(3) E l e c t r o n i c S t e n c i l C u t t e r - E l e c t r i c S t e n c i l D u p l i c a t o r
paper,
duplicator.
Set
T h i s e q u i p m e n t i s recommended when o r i g i n a l s w i t h or w i t h o u t t e x t
c o n t a i n i l l u s t r a t i o n s , p h o t o g r a p h s a n d / o r g r a p h i c s . An e l e c t r i c s t e n c i l
d u p l i c a t o r w i l l be n e c e s s a r y if t h e d e m a n d p e r d a y e x c e e d s 500 c o p i e s .
Supplies: Electro-stencils (long r u n , short r u n ) , styli, carbon filters,
duplicating ink, duplicating paper, correcting fluid.
Page
169
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
(4) Photocopying
Five different photocopiers are listed in this g u i d e . For projects where
single copies are only sometimes needed and the average annual demand
is below 5.000 copies, item 115.6.1 should be requested. Item 115.6.2 is
for an average annual demand of between 5-000 ,and 40.000 copies.
Where the preparation of written material is a r e g u l a r activity, item
II5.6.3 is recommended. It can cover a n n u a l demands up to 80.000 copies.
For higher demands up to 250.000 copies per y e a r , item 115.6.4 with a
15 bins sorter is recommended. If the a n n u a l demand exceeds 250.000
copies, the best choice is a high speed copier (115.6.5) with two sorters
each with 20 b i n s .
Supplies: toner and developer; photocopying p a p e r .
Important: As a r u l e , toner and developer are not interchangeable.
Therefore the model of the copier should be stated when
ordering supplies.
(5) Offset Duplicating
This method is recommended it the r e g u l a r a v e r a g e demand is above
3.000 copies per hour. Offset duplicators should be operated by
experienced operators. Offset duplicators should only be ordered if
their regular utilisation is ensured.
Supplies: p l a t e s , toner and developer, plate etch, offset ink,
offset p a p e r .
(6) Printing
Printing machines are normally not used in vocational/education
projects because of their high c a p a c i t y .
170
í#)
Equipment guide list
List number 15:
Date of issue
Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies
September 1984
ANNEX VI
CLASSIFICATION OF FIRES
T h e r e a r e s e v e r a l t y p e s of f i r e e x t i n g u i s h e r a v a i l a b l e .
A c l a s s i f i c a t i o n of f i r e s h a s b e e n made a s shown below.
Class A
F i r e s i n t h i s c l a s s a r e fed b y
o r d i n a r y combustible materials
s u c h a s wood, c l o t h a n d p a p e r .
Cooling t h e b u r n i n g m a t e r i a l
w i t h w a t e r i s t h e most e f f e c t i v e
w a y of e x t i n g u i s h i n g t h i s t y p e
of f i r e .
Class B
F i r e s i n t h i s c l a s s a r e fed b y
flammable l i q u i d s such as
petrol, oils, greases and fats.
The most effective w a y of
f i g h t i n g t h i s t y p e of fire i s
to e l i m i n a t e o x y g e n w i t h
c a r b o n d i o x i d e (C0 2 ) i n p o w d e r
or foam.
Water must n e v e r be u s e d on
t h i s t y p e of f i r e .
Class E
F i r e s in t h i s c l a s s i n v o l v e
live electrical equipment.
The e x t i n g u i s h i n g a g e n t u s e d
must be a n o n - c o n d u c t o r of
e l e c t r i c i t y , C0 2 for e x a m p l e .
Water must not be
used.
F i r e e x t i n g u i s h e r s of c l a s s B a n d E a r e a l s o c l a s s i f i e d a c c o r d i n g to
t h e size of t h e f i r e s t h e y a r e a b l e to e x t i n g u i s h .
Size I :
The e x t i n g u i s h e r f i g h t s a f i r e of u p to 30 l i t r e s of p e t r o l
on a s p a c e of 0 , 6 m2 . P r e - c o m b u s t i o n time 60 s e c o n d s .
Size I I :
The e x t i n g u i s h e r f i g h t s a f i r e of u p to 80 l i t r e s of p e t r o l
on a s p a c e of 1,6 m2 . P r e - c o m b u s t i o n time 60 s e c o n d s .
Page
171
ENGLISH INDEX
(By Alphabetical Order)
Acetate Reel
Address Labels for Photocopier, 70x36 mm
Address Labels for Photocopier, 105x36 mm
Adjustable Triangle
Air Conditioner - 2.5 kWh
Air Conditioner - 3-2 kWh
Alkaline Battery RU (IEC)
Alkaline Battery R20 (IEC)
Alkaline Battery Type R6 (IEC)
Alkaline Battery 6F-22 (IEC)
All Purpose Glue
Allround Paper
Ammonia Copying Center
Ammonia Copying Machine
Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, black
Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, blue
Ammonia Copying Paper, 50 m, black
Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, blue
Anamorphic Lens
Archive Box
Auto Bellows Unit
Automatic Collator
Automatic Electric Stapler - 16 mm
Automatic Electric Stapler - 3 mm
Automatic Hole Punch
Automatic Still Camera
Ball Point Pen, blue
Ball Point Pen, black
Ball Point Pen, red
Basic Darkroom Kit
Batik Dyeing Kit
Battery Pack
Beam Compass
Binding Apparatus
Black Slides
Black/White Film, 125 ASA
Black/White Film, 400 ASA
Black/White Negative Film Deve oping Set
Blanket and Roller Wash
Blanket Restorer
Book-End
Bookcase
Briefcase - Large
Briefcase - Small
Bulb for Microfiche Reader
Bulb for Microfiche Reader-Printer
Bulbs for Microfiche Duplicator
Carbon Filter for Stencil Cutter
Carbon Paper - Hand Writing
Carbon Paper - Typing
Card Alphabetical Index, A5
Card Alphabetical Index, A6
-172-
115.1.14
115.6.6
115.6.7
115.4.20
115.8.54
115.8.55
115.8.68
115.8.71
115.8.64
115.8.74
115.2.110
115.7.15
115.6.14
115.6.13
115.6.15
115.6.16
115.6.17
115.6.18
115.1.41A
115.2.145
115.1.71
115.7.40
115.7-29
115-7.28
115.7.24
115.1.59
115.2.7
115.2.8
115.2.9
115.1.82
115.2.50
115.1.50A
115.4.3
115.7.32
115.1.34
115.1.77
115.1.78
115.1.83
115.6.44
115.6.45
115.2.79
115.5.37
115.8.2
115.8.1
115.3-50A
115.3-51A
115.3-52A
115.6.24D
115-3.34
115.3.33
115.2.148
115.2.149
115.2.146
Card Index Box, A5
Card Index Box, A6
115.2.147
Card Numbered Index, A5
115.2.150
Card Numbered Index, A6
.115.2.151
Cardboard File
115.2.64
Cards - Lined, A5
115.2.152
Cards - Lined, A6
115.2.153
Carousel Slide Projector
115.1.29
Carousel Slide Tray
115-1.29A
Cartons, 350x250x250 mm
115.2.133
Cartons, 480x330x240 mm
115.2.134
Case Sealing Tape
115.2.105
Cash Box
115.5.28
Cassette Copier
115.1.94
Cassettes, 60 Minutes
115.1.91
Cassettes, 90 Minutes
115.1.92
Cassettes, 120 Minutes
115.1.93
Ceiling Fan
115.8.53
Chair - Stackable
115.5.43
Chair for Conference Rooms
115.5.45
Chair with Writing Table
115.5.44
Chalk - Coloured
115.5.6
Chalk - White
115.5.5
Chalk Board
115.5.1
Chalk Board on Stand
115.5.3
Chalk Board with Metallic Surface
115.5.2
Chalkboard Cleaner
115.5.7
Cleaning Brush with Bellows
115.1.35
Cleaning Liquid
115.4.81
Cleaning Pad
115.5.14
Clear Adhesive Tape
115.2.100
Clips
115.2.96
Close Up Lens
115.1.72
Clothes Locker
115.5.26
Collator - Small
115-7.38
Colour - Daylight Film, 100 ASA
115.1.79
Colour - Daylight Film, 400 ASA
115.1.80
Colour - Daylight Film, 64-125 ASA
115.1.81
Colour Negative Film Developing Set
115.1.84
Colour Reversal Film Developing Set
115.1.85
Colour Reversal Film Magnetic Track, Daylight
115.1.75
Colour Reversal Film Magnetic Track, Artificial Light 115.1.76
Colour Video Cassette, 60 Minutes
115.1.53
Colour Video Cassette, 120 Minutes
115.1.54
Colour Video Cassette, 180 Minutes
115.1.55
Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , Light Blue
115.7.8
Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , Light Green
115.7.7
Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , Light Yellow
115.7.6
Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , Pink
115.7.5
Coloured Label Set
115.2.52
Coloured Paper, Pink
115.7.16
Coloured Paper, Light Blue
115.7.19
-173-
1
p
p
tn •—' •—*
o> 4>* o o
x *- ?r ?r
g
¡*" p
0)
O O
P P
o 2
tn
0>
ooo
f-s f i T3
O T3
o
i-i i-i ^< <<;
fD n> x3 ri'
O O O O
o o o o
tn
f-i
3
o
c
r-t-
3 3 In o n
i f- p
!— 1—' ÜL
tn tn ¡Ï.
3
era
0 era
1
en (SÍ
I-i
H cp
a> si Hn ^ f-i
m
0) O O O
r+ fi I-i fi
HiH)
H - l->- H -
(/) H )
f-
n> fD
O
0.
3
n o n o
3 era
n o n r-t- t-+ r-t- r + o
CLCIQ
f-i. ,_»• t_i. i-Jo
OS 3 3
T J cd
3
o
3 era era era
P
1-3 en T3 T I T} f r j i-rj
•ti X
p 3" p f—' 1—1 1—1 1—'
fD
C C C C
i-i
n o oo o oon
n oC nf-i oÜ n
o o o o oo n
o o f-io o
cf-i f d P
< < < < < <
<
f-i f-i f-í
n
n
s
n
(t
m
0)
< ry^
fu f t f t
l
H H P v l N | H v l U U U ^ U 3 C ^ f
j
m M U P U U U U U U W U U W M S ) N N N v l l J i e n
o o M v j N j . N W w w v j œ o i T i C o - j N W e n w c ^ o M C o œ e o w e o w e o e o e o e o i - ' o v û a i ^ crito O H
M M
> M > > ^ C O
S3
S3
OOD3"XOT|fT|>
prl >
DO
P H M O M f
>
T
o
enenijienenenenenenenenenenenenui(jienenenenenenenenen(jienenenenenenenenenenenenen
ET
en e n
<7\ en
_
T¡.
i-¡
fD r j
P
" O
m
£• O O ™
ai P ^
• i . tn
^
°3 Rn
i-t>
?!
tn o
<-¡" *-n
P P 3
i-*> eT O'QQ
° ^ 5^ tn
P-
o
2 , H- H- t - 1
£ . r-t- r + Q
f-i
o oo o o o
T3
f-i f-i f-i f-i f-i f-i
"> 3 0> n o f-i
TJ r 1 r 1 r 1 IT) g en
P 3
rt
<-i era
p p p p
i i i i i i i
f-i
tn
1
pa
"* S"
3 r+ P
a
3
3
3
T)
a
O
l W M M H i-1
VO
3
c
1
p AT3 TJ ^d
p 0)
N X)
1 !
f-i
P
tn 3
3
i ' ' O
,_i
U)
Oi 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
g
S
3
f- 1
tnd çn c d «n
3
3
3
3
O
n
c
3 3 M-13
p o
3
O p era oí
3
•"S
I - "
O
en
P
o>
(n
•-s
~
3 -3 H
era
<-< en en i
3 1
T3 ^
£ • n> <D
ÎL T3
i—> i — •
o o o
i—•
m n> m
i era
P
ñ. <
O O
ID m m (i> a> o> o> o> O) O) O) 0 ) 0>
< < < « tn tn tn tn ui oí tn tn ui
K^eoOi^aiC3>WWiNOMNIN)UWUlCOHMMJN4sLnMvJ-vj-vlvJ-Nj<JvOvJW
en'en
f-s
P
i—i
TI
o
o o
tn
n
Oí
P P>
M- Hr+ r+
era era
t-'- H-
o oo o
Drafting Machine - Educational
Drafting Machine - Heavy Duty
Drawing Board, A4
Drawing Board, A3
Drawing Board - Table Model, A2
Drawing Board - Table Model, Al
Drawing Cabinet
Drawing Film, A4
Drawing Film, A3'
Drawing Film, Rolls
Drawing Holder
Drawing I n k
Drawing Instrument Set - Mediuiri
Drawing Instrument Set - Small
Drawing Mechanism
Drawing Paper, A4
Drawing Paper, A3
Drawing Paper, Rolls
Drawing P i n
Drawing Weight
Duplicating Liquid for Spirit Duplicator
Duplicating Paper
Dusting Brush
Ear Plugs
Ear Protectors
Easel for Painters
Edge Binding Apparatus
Edge Binding Tape
Educational Audio Cassette (S)
Educational Filmstrip(s )
Educational OHP Transparency Set(s)
Educational Record(s)
Educational Slide Set(s)
Educational Video Cassettes
Electric Glue Binding Apparatus
Electric Single Head Stitcher
Electric Thermo - Binde r
Electric Torch
Electric Water Kettle
Electro-Stencils-Long Run
Èlectro-Stencils-Short-Run
Electron Lc Stencil Cutter
Electronic Typewriter - 360 mm, English
Electronic Typewriter - 360 mm, French
Electron ic Typewriter - 360 mm, Special
Electronic Typewriter - 420 mm, English
Electronic Typewriter - 420 mm, French
Electronic Typewriter - 420 mm, Special
Embossing Sign Machine
Embossing Tape, 6 mm, blue
Embossing Tape, 6 mm, b l a c k
Embossing Tape, 6 mm, r e d
-175-
115.4-71
115.4.72
115-4.64
115.4.65
115.4.69
115.4.70
115.4.77
115.4.54
115.4.55
115-4.56
115-4.73
115.4.80
115.4.5
115.4.4
115.4.68
II5.4.39
II5.4.40
115.4.41
115.2.98
II5.4.6I
II5.6.22
II5.7.4
115.4.62
II5.8.I9
115.8.18
115.2.46
II5.2.IO8
115.2.109
115.1.105
115.1.113
115.1.107
115.1.104
115.1.108
115.1.106
115.7.34
115.7.31
115.7.33
115.8.58
115.8.39
115.6.24A
115.6.24B
115.6.24
115.3.16
115.3.17
115.3.18
115.3.19
II5.3.20
115.3.21
115.4.144
115.4.122A
115.4.122B
115.4.122C
Embossing Tape, 6 mm, green
Embossing Tape, 9 mm, blue
Embossing Tape, 9 mm, black
Embossing Tape, 9 mm, red
Embossing Tape, 9 mm, green
Embossing Tape, 12 mm, blue
Embossing Tape, 12 mm, black
Embossing Tape, 12 mm, red
Embossing Tape, 12 mm, green
Embossing Tape, 19 mm, blue
Embossing Tape, 19 mm, black
Embossing Tape, 19 mm, red
Embossing Tape, 19 mm, green
Embossing Tool, 6 and 9 mm
Embossing Tool, 9 and 12 mm
Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 650 metres
Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 350 metres
Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 250 metres
Empty Spool for 8 mm Film
Envelopes - Airmail
Envelopes . Business, C6
Envelopes - Business, E65
Envelopes - Strong, C5
Envelopes - Strong, C4
Eraser - Hard
Eraser - Plastic
Eraser - Soft
Eraser - 2-Sidec
Eraser for Transparencies
Erasing Knife
Erasing Pen
Exercise Book - Lined, A5
Exercise Book - Lined, A4
Exercise Book - Squared, A5
Exercise Book - Squared, A4
Fan Heater
Felt Marker Set
Felt Pen - Broad - Set
Felt Pen - Fine - Set
Felt Pen -Medium - Set
File Stand
File Storage Stand
Files
Filing Cabinet, for A4
Filing Cabinet, for Folio
Film Splicer anc Film Cement
Filter, green Gl
Filter, grey ND4
Filter, grey ND8
Filter, orange 01
Filter, red Rl
Filter, skylight UV
-176-
115-4.122D
115.4.122E
115.4.122F
115.4.122G
115.4.122H
115.4.123A
115.4.123B
115.4.123C
115.4.123 D
115.4.144A
115.4.144B
115.4.144C
115.4.144D
115.4.122
115.4.123
115.1.42A
115.1.42B
115.1.42C
115.1.40A
115.2.124
115.2.122
115.2.123
115.2.125
115.2.126
115.2.26
115.2.27
115.2.24
115.2.25
115.1.21
115.2.28
115.2.29
115.2.71
115.2.72
115.2.73
115.2.74
115.8.56
115.5.10
115.2.16
115.2.14
115.2.15
115.5.25
115.2.157
115.2.56
115.2.159
115.2.160
115.1.44
115.1.6ÎG
115.1.61H
115.1.611
115.1.61E
115.1.61F
115.1.61B
F i l t e r , yellow Yl
F i l t e r , yellow Y3
Fire Extinguisher - Class A
Fire E x t i n g u i s h e r - Class A,B, 2
Fire E x t i n g u i s h e r - Class A,B, 6
Fire E x t i n g u i s h e r - Class B,E, 2
Fire E x t i n g u i s h e r - Class B,E, 6
F i r s t Aid Kit
F l a n n e l Boa rd
F l a s h Unit
F l e x i b l e Ruler
Floor S t a n d for MiLcrophone
F l u o r e s c e n t Desk Lamp
F o l d i n g Rule
F o u n t a i n Pen
F o u n t a i n Solution
G a d g e t Bag
G e n e r a t o r - 1500
G e n e r a t o r - 300
Giant Stapler
Glue for B i n d i n g A p p a r a t u s
H a n d C a n Opener
Hand C l e a n e r
Hand T a p e ) i s p e n s e r
Headphones
Hole P u n c h - A d j u s t a b l e
Hole P u n c h e r - 2 mm
Hole P u n c h e r - 5 mm
I n d e x , A-Z
I n d e x , 1-31
I n d e x , 1-52
I n f o r m a t i o n Box
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s WC
I n f o r m a t i o n Signs Men
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Women
Information Signs Wheelchair
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s In
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Out
Information Signs Push
Information Signs , Pull
Information Signs , P a r k i n g
Information Signs Wardrobe
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Lift
Information Signs Telephone
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Staff o n l y
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Washroom
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Water
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Waste Bin
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Arrow, Left
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Arrow, R i g h t
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Arrow, Up
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Arrow, Down
kg
kg
kg
kg
115.1.61C
115.1.61D
115.8.29
115.8.30
115.8.31
115.8.32
115.8.33
115.8.13
115.5.20
115.1.67
115.4.14
115.1.99
115.5.33
115.4.17
115.2.13
115.6.37
115.1.68
115.8.60
115.8.59
115.7.27
115.7.34A
115.8.40
115.6.46
115.2.103
115.1.90
115.7.23
115.2.87
115.2.88
115.2.57
115.2.58
115.2.59
115.2.143
115.4.124
115.4.125
115.4.126
115.4.127
115.4.128
115.4.129
115.4.130
115.4.131
115-4.132
115.4.133
115.4.134
115.4.135
115.4.136
115.4.137
115.4.138
115.4.139
115.4.140
115.4.141
115.4.142
115.4.143
I n k C l e a n i n g Cup
I n k D r a w i n g 3-Set
I n k D r a w i n g 8-Set
I n s t r u m e n t Set for C h a l k Board
I s o m e t r i c D r a f t i n g Attachment
Jogger
Kerosene Heater
Kerosene L a n t e r n - P r e s s u r e Type
Kerosene L a n t e r n N o n - P r e s s u r e Type
Key Stora ge C a b i n e t
Key-Plate
L a d d e r - 3 Steps
L a d d e r - 6 Steps
L a m i n a t e d B i n d i n g Covers
L a m i n a t i n g Machine for A4 Sheets
L a m i n a t i r ig Machine for Rolls
L a n g u a g e Lab S t u d e n t Booth
L a n g u a g e L a b S t u d e n t C a s s e t t e Recorder
L a n g u a g e L a b o r a t o r y Master Control Unit
Large Speaker
Lead P e n c i l - 0 , 5 mm
Lead P e n c i l - 2 , 0 mm
Lead Refills - 0 , 5 mm
Lead Refills - 2 , 0 mm
Lead S h a r p e n e r
Lectern wr ith P u b l i c A d d r e s s System
L e n s , Wide Angle
L e n s , Telephoto
L e n s , Zoom 25-50 mm
L e n s , Zoom 35-70 mm
L e n s , Zoom 80-200 mm
L e t t e r La b e l s
L e t t e r Scale
L e t t e r i n g Machine Set
L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 1,8 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 2 , 5 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 3 , 5 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 5,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 7,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 10,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 14,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 20,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 1,8 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 2 , 5 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 3 , 5 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 5,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 7,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 10,C mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , u,c mm
L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 20,0 mm
Light Pointer
Light T a b l e - D r a w i n g
-178-
115 . 4 . 8 2
115 . 4 . 7 8
115 .4.79
115 . 5 . 4
115 4.72A
115 • 7.39
115 . 8 . 5 7
115 . 8 . 4 2
115 . 8 . 4 3
115 . 5 . 2 3
115 . 5 . 2 4
115 . 8 . 1 1
115 . 8 . 1 2
115 •7.32L
115 . 7 . 3 5
115 . 7 . 3 6
115 .1.96B
115 .1.96A
115 .1.96
115 . 1 . 4 3
115 . 2 . 5
115 . 2 . 6
115 .2.5A
115 2.6A
115 . 2 . 2 3
115 .1.97
115 1.62
115 . 1 . 6 3
115 1.64
115 1.65
115 . 1 . 6 6
115 . 2 . 5 3
115 .2.136
115 .4.121
115 . 4 . 9 1
115 . 4 . 9 2
115 .4-93
115 .4.94
115 . 4 . 9 5
115 4-96
115 4.97
115 4.98
115 . 4 . 8 3
115 .4-84
115 4 . 8 5
115 4.86
115 4.87
115 4.88
115 4.89
115 4.90
115 1.30
115 4-67
Lino P r i n t i n g Kit
Locker for V a l u a b l e s
L o g a r i t h m P a p e r - Double
L o g a r i t h m P a p e r - Single
Magic T a p e
M a g n e t i c Buttons
M a g n e t i c Sheets
M a g n e t i c Symbols Set
Magnifier
M a g n i f y i n g Lamp
M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 240 mm
M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 330 mm
M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 240 mm
M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 330 mm
M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 240 mm
M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 330 mm
M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 330 mm
M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 380 mm
Manual S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 460 mm
M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 330 mm
M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 380 mm
M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 460 mm
M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 330 mm
M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 380 mm
M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 460 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, English , l a r g e script
Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, l a r g e script
Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, l a r g e script
Map Tack Set
M a r k i n g Pen Set
M a r k i n g Pens - P e r m a n e n t
M a r k i n g Pens - W a t e r - S o l u b l e
M a s k i n g Tape
M e a s u r i n g Rule
Microcassette
Microfiche D u p l i c a t o r
Microfiche R e a d e r
Microfiche R e a d e r - P r i n t e r
M i c r o p h o n e , for Video
M i c r o p h o n e , w i t h Neckholder a n d Clip
Microphone
Millimeter P a p e r , A4
Millimeter P a p e r , A3
Millimeter P a p e r , Rolls
Mirror-Framed
Mixer
Mobile F i l e S t o r a g e Stand
Modelling C l a y Kit
Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 16 mm
Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 16 mm w i t h R e c o r d i n g
Mounting F r a m e s
M u l t i p u r p o s e Glue
-179-
115.2.49
115.5-29
115.4.53
115.4.52
115.2.101
115.5.15
115.5.12
115.5.11
115.2.82
115.5.34
115.3.1
115.3.2
115.3.3
115.3.4
115.3.5
115.3.6
115.3.7
115.3.8
115.3.9
115.3-10
115.3.11
115.3.12
115.3.13
115.3.14
115.3.15
115.3.22
115.3.23
115.3.24
115.2.99
115.1.23
115.1.19
115.1.20
115.2.104
115.4.16
115.3.42
115.3.52
115.3-50
115.3.51
115.1.50C
115.1.100
115.1.89
115.4.45
115.4.46
115.4.47
115.5.51
115.1.50B
115.2.158
115.2.47
115.1.41
115.1.42
115.1.17
115.2.111
Negative Film
Note Book
Note F ad
Note F aper Cube
Notice Board
Numbering Labels
Numbering Stamp
Office Cabinet
Office Calculator
Office Chair
Office Chair with Armrest
Office Desk
Office Desk with Side Table
Office Shelf
Office Starter Kit
Offset Duplicator
Offset Duplicator - Heavy Duty
Offset Ink, black
Offset Ink, blue
Offset Ink, green
Offset Ink, red
Offset Printing Paper, 70 grams
Offset Printing Paper, 85 grams
Offset Printing Paper, 100 grams
Offset Printing Paper, 120 grams
Oil Paint Set
Oil Painting Set
Opaque Projector
Overall, small
Overall, medium
Overall, l a r g e
Overhead Projector with Reel Attachment
Packa^ge Cart
Padded Bags, 120 x 250 mm
Padded Bags, 260 x 400 mm
Paint Brush Set - Water Colours
Paint Brush Set - Oil Paint
Paint Brush Set - Poster Colour
Paper and Envelope Fastener
Paper Clips, 25 mm
Paper Clips, 45 mm
Paper Clips, 80 mm
Paper Cutter, small
Paper Cutter with Stand
Paper Folding Machine
Paper Glue - Spreading
Paper Glue - Stick
Paper Knife
Paper Pad for Conference Easel
Paper Plates Long Run
Paper Plates Medium Run
Paper Plates Short Run
-180-
115.3.52C
115.2.75
115.2.70
115.2.80
115.5.22
115.2.54
115.2.34
115.5.27
115.3.49
115.5.40
115.5.41
115.5.36
115.5-35
115.5.39
115.2.1
115.6.35
115.6.36
115.6.38
115.6.40
115.6.39
115.6.41
115.7.11
115.7.12
115.7.13
115.7.14
115.2.44
115.2.45
115.1.38
115.8.25
115.8.26
115.8.27
115.1.3
115.8.10
115.2.129
115.2.130
115.2.36
115.2.38
115.2.37
115.2.97
115.2.92
115.2.93
115.2.94
115.7.20
115.7.21
115.7.37
115.2.113
115.2.112
115.2.83
115.5.9
115.6.29
115.6.30
115.6.31
115. 3.48 A
115. 3 . 49 A
115. 2.84
115 2.85
115. 7.22
115. 8.37
115 8.38
115 2.137
115 6.3C
115 6.2C
115. 6.26B
115 2.22
115 2.21
115. 2.20
115. 2.2
115 2 . 3
115. 2.4
115 4.50
115 4.51
115- 6 . 3
115 6 . 4
115 6 . 5
115 6.2
115 6.1
115 7 . 9
115 7.10
115 5.21
115 5.18
115 5.19
115 2.48
115 8.6
115 8.8
115 1.32k
115 7.32B
115 7-32C
115 •7.32D
115 •7.32E
115 7.32F
115 .7.32G
115 •7.32H
115 .7.321
115 •7.32J
115 .4.57
115 . 2 . 6 3
115 . 4 . 5 8
115 . 2 . 6 2
115 •7.35A
115 •7.35B
115 .2.61
115 . 8 . 9
115 .8.41
115 . 6 . 3 3
115 . 6 . 3 4
115 . 6 . 2 8
P a p e r Rolls ( S u i t a b l e for 115.3-48)
P a p e r Rolls ( S u i t a b l e for 115.3-49)
P a p e r S c i s s o r s - 125 mm
P a p e r S c i s s o r s - 200 mm
P a p e r 1rimmer
P a r a f f i n (Kerosene) Stove - One B u r n e r
P a r a f f i n (Kerosene) Stove - Two B u r n e r s
P a r c e l Beale
P e d e s t a l for P h o t o c o p i e r L a r g e Size
P e d e s t a l for P h o t o c o p i e r Medium Size
Pen for S t e n c i l s
P e n c i l ÍS h a r p e n e r - Desk Type
Pencil Sharpener - Plastic
P e n c i l !S h a r p e n e r - Small
P e n c i l s , g r a d e HB
Pencils, grade B
Pencils, grade H
P e r s p e c t i v e D r a w i n g P a p e r , A4
P e r s p e c t i v e D r a w i n g P a p e r , A3
P h o t o c o p i e r - L a r g e Size
Photocopier - L a r g e Size w i t h S o r t e r
P h o t o c o p i e r - L a r g e Size, High Speed
P h o t o c o p i e r - Medium
P h o t o c o p i e r - Small
P h o t o c o p y i n g P a p e r , A4
P h o t o c o p y i n g P a p e r , A3
P l a n n i n g B o a r d , week 1-53
Plannin g Board, jan-dec
Plannin g Board
Plaster
P l a s t i c B a g s - 15 l i t r e s
P l a s t i c B a g s - 40 l i t r e s
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 4 , 5 mm
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 6 mm
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 8 mm
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 9 , 5 mm
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 11 mm
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 1 2 , 5 mm
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 14 mm
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 1 5 , 5 mm
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 18 mm
P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 20 mm
P l a s t i c Cover
Plastic Files
P l a s t i c Foil
Plastic Folder
P l a s t i c L a m i n a t i n g F o l d e r s , A7
P l a s t i c L a m i n a t i n g F o l d e r s , A4
Plastic Punched Pockets
P l a s t i c Sack C a r r i a g e
Plastic Tableware
P l a t e Developer
P l a t e Etch
P l a t e Maker
-181-
Plate Toner
Pocket Calculator - Programmable
Pocket Calculator - Scientific
Pocket Calculator - Solar
Pocket Calculator - Standard
Pocket Recorder
Pointer Pen
Polaroid Camera
Polaroid Film-Pack
Portable Cassette Recorder
Portable Cassette Recorder
Portable Colour Video Cassette System
Portable Colour Video/TV-Monitor
Portable Lighting Kit
Portable Overhead Projector
Portable Sound Slide Projector
Portable Voice Amplifier
Positive Film
Poster Colour Set
Printing Calculator
Process Camera
Projection Screen - Portable
Projection Screen - Wall/Ceiling
Projection Stand
Projection TrolleyProtection Glasses
Protection Gloves, medium
Protection Gloves, l a r g e
Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls, medium
Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls, l a r g e
Protection Shoes
Protractor
Protractor Head
Public Address System
Rail for Suspension Files
Rechargeable Battery R14 (IEC)
Rechargeable Battery R20 (IEC)
Rechargeable Battery R6 (IEC)
Reflector Light
Refrigeration Box
Refrigerator - 160 l i t r e s
Refrigerator - 60 litres
Refrigerator with Freezer
Reinforcement Rings
Rewinding Set
Roll of Clear Laminating Material
Rolling Ball Pen, blue
Rolling Ball Pen, black
Rolling Ball Pen, red
Rub-on Arrows
Rub-on Circles with Numbers
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Extra Light, 28 pt
-182-
115.6.32
115.3.47
115.3.46
115.3.45
115.3.44
115.3.40
115.1.36
115.1.60
115.1.60A
115.1.31
115.1.88
115.1.50
115.1.58
115.1.52
115.1.1
115.1.27
115.1.101
115.3.52B
115.2.41
115.3.48
115.6.27
115.1.47
115.1.46
115.1.48
115.1.49
115.8.17
115.8.22
115.8.23
115.8.20
115.8.21
115.8.24
115.4.21
115.4.66
115.1.98
115.2.162
115.8.69
115.8.72
115.8.65
115.1.74
115.8.49
115.8.47
115.8.46
115.8.48
115.2.60
115.1.45
115.7.36A
115.2.10
115.2.11
115.2.12
115.4.116
115.4.117
115.4.100
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Extra Light, 36 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Extra Light, 42 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Medium, 28 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Medium, 36 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Medium, 42 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Outline, 36 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Outline, 42 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, I t a l i c , 28 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, I t a l i c , 36 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Italic , 42 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Bold, 28 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Bold, 36 pt
Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Bold, 42 pt
Rub-on Lines
Rub-on Raster Sheets - 50%
Rub-on Raster Sheets - 70%
Rub-on Symbols
Rub-on Tool
Rubber Band Set
Rubber Glue
Rubber Glue Refill
Ruler - P l a s t i c , 300 mm
Ruler - P l a s t i c , 500 mm
Ruler - Wood
Safe
Safety Belt
Safety Helmet
Safety Helmet with Eye Protection
Sample Bags, 125 x 290 mm
Sample Bags, 250 x 425 mm
Scale
Screen Cleaner
Self Adhesive Label Set
Self Adhesive Sheets
Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115-6.2)
Service Spare Parts Set (Suitable for 115-6.3)
Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115-6.A)
Service Spare Parts Set (Suitable for 115.6.5)
Set of Batteries for Still Camera
Shredding Machine
Sign Holder
Silk Mantle
Sleeping - Bag
Slide and Filmstrip Projector
Slide Copier
Slide Mounts
Slide Projector
Slide. Trays
Smoke Detector
Sorter
Sound Motion Picture Camera, 8 mm
Sound Motion Picture Projector, 8 mm
-183-
115-4.101
115.4.102
115-4.103
115.4.104
115-4.105
115-4-106
115-4.107
115-4.108
115-4-109
115-4-110
115.4.111
115.4.112
115.4.113
115-4-114
115.4.119
115.4.120
115.4.115
115.4.118
115.2.117
115.2.114
115-2.115
115-4-7
115-4-8
115-4-6
115-5-30
115-8.28
115-8.15
115.8.16
115.2.127
115.2.128
115-2.135
115-1-37
115-2-51
115-2-55
115-6.2B
115-6.3B
115-6-4B
115-6.5B
115.1.61A
115.5-31
115-4-145
115-8.42A
115.8-44
115-1-24
115-1-73
115-1-32
115-1-25
115-1-26
115-8-34
115-2.144
115.1-39
115-1-40
Sound Slide Projector
Spirit Carbon Stencils
Spirit Duplicator - Electric
Spirit Duplicator - Manual
Sponge
Spray Paint
Squared Drawing P a p e r , A4
Squared Drawing Paper, A3
Stamp Pad
Stamp Rack
Stamping Ink, black
Stamping Ink, red
Stand for Drawings - Console
Stand for Drawings - Floor
Stand for Manuscript
Stand for Manuscript - Electrical
Standard Battery R14 (1EC)
Standard Battery R20 (IEC)
Standard Battery Type R6 (IEC)
Standard Battery 6F-22 (IEC)
Staple Remover
Stapler
Stapler - Heavy Duty
Stapler - Small
Stapler Pliers
Staples - 10 mm
Staples - 12 mm
Staples - 14 mm
Staples - 15 mm
Staples - 16 mm
Staples - 18 mm
Staples - 20 mm
Staples - 4 mm
Staples - 6 mm
Staples - 8 mm
Staples, 6 mm
Stapling Gun
Stationary Colour TV Set/Monitor
Stationary Overhead Projector
Stationary Video Cassette Recorder
Stencil Duplicator
Stencil Ink, black
Stencil Ink, red
Stencil Pad
Stencils for Typing
Steno Pad
Stereo Cassette Radio
Stereo Music Set
Still Camera - Reflex Type
Stock Control System
Stool
Stop Watch
-184-
115.1.28
115.6.21
115.6.20
115.6.19
115.2.131
115.2.43
115.4.48
115.4.49
115.2.30
115.2.35
115.2.31
115.2.32
115.4.75
115.4.76
115.3.35
115.3.36
115.8.67
115.8.70
115.8.63
115.8.73
115.2.91
115.2.90
115.7.30
115.2.89
115.7.25
115.7.27A
115.7.29A
115.7.26C
115.7.30A
115.7.29B
115.7.31A
115.7.30B
115.7.26A
115.7.25A
115.7.26B
115.2.89A
115.7.26
II5.I.57
II5.I.2
115.1.56
II5.6.25
115.6.25A
115.6.25B
II5.6.26C
II5.6.26
115.2.69
115.1.87
II5.I.86
II5.I.6I
II5.2.154
115.5.46
II5.8.4
Storage Box
Storage Cabinet
Stretcher
String - Thick
String - Thin
Student Chair
Student Desk - Simple
Students Desk - Double
Stylet Set
Styli for Electronic Stencil Cutter
Suspension File for Rail System
Suspension Files , A4
Suspension Files, Folio
T - s q u a r e , 500 mm
T - s q u a r e , 700 mm
Table - Portable
Table for Conference Room
Table for Typewriter
Table Stove - One Plate
Table Stove - Two Plates
Tape Dispenser
Tape Measure
Telephone Index
Template
Template - Arrows
Template - Circles
Template - Civil Engineering
Template - Combined Symbols
Template - Ellipses - Diametric
Template - Ellipses - Isometric
Template - Quadrograph
Template - Radii - 40 mm
Template - Radii - 500 mm
Template - Radii and Nuts
Template - Sinus Curves
Template - Squares
Template - Triangles
Template Mechanical Symbols
Templates - Electrical Engineering
Templates - Electronics
Tent - Over-Nighting
Textil Tape Set
Thermal Transparency Sheets, blue
Thermal Transparency Sheets, clear
Thermal Transparency Sheets, green
Thermal Transparency Sheets, red
Thermal Transparency Sheets, yellow
Thermo Slide
Thickening Varnish
Thimblett Set
Thinning Varnish
Title Band, black
-185-
115.2. U2
115.2. HO
115.8.U
115.2.118'
115.2.119
115.5.42
115.5.47
115.5.48
115.4.59
115.6.24C
115.2.161
115.2.155
115.2.156
115.4.9
115.4.10
115.5.49
115.5.50
115.3.39
115.8.35
115.8.36
115.2.106
115.4.15
115.2.81
115.4.99
115.4.32
115.4.23
115.4.33
115.4.28
115.4.31
115.4.30
115.4.29
115.4.25
115.4.24
115.4.38
115.4.35
115.4.27
115.4.26
115.4.37
115.4.34
115.4.36
115.8.45
115.2.107
115.1.10
115.1.9
115.1.12
115.1.11
115.1.13
115.1.33
115.6.43
115.2.86
115.6.42
115.3.52E
Title Band, white
Toner (Suitable for 115-3.51)
Toner (Suitable for 115.6.1)
Toner (Suitable for 115-6.2)
Toner (Suitable for 115.6.3)
Toner (Suitable for 115.6.4)
Toner (Suitable for 115.6.5)
Top Marker Set
Transcription. Machine
Transparencies for Photocopier, blue
Transparencies for Photocopier, clear
Transparencies for Photocopier, green
Transparencies for Photocopier, red
Transparencies for Photocopier, yellow
Transparency Flip Frames
Transparency Frames
Transparency Maker
Transparency Preparation Kit - Large
Transparency Preparation Kit - Medium
Transparency Sheets - Squared
Transparent Binding Covers
Transparent Drawing Paper, A4
Transparent Drawing Paper, A3
Transparent Drawing Paper, Rolls
Transparent Tape
Tray for Forms
Tray for Paint
Triangle, 90-60-30
Triangle, 90-45-45
Triangle Scale, A
Triangle Scale, B
Triangle Scale, C
Trimming Knife - Break-off
Trimming Knife - Heavy
Tripod
Tripod for Video Camera
Trolley for Overhead Projectors
Two-Component Glue
Type Cleaner
Typewriting Paper - 45 grams
Typewriting Paper - 70 grams
Typewriting Paper - 80 grams
Typewriter Ribbon, black
Typewriter Ribbon, r e d / b l a c k
Typewriter Ribbon, c a r t r i d g e type
Universal Charger for Batteries
Vacuum Cleaner
Video Camera
Voltage Stabiliser - 1000 W
Voltage Stabiliser - 2000 W
Wall Clock
Wallstand for Drawings
Waste Paper Basket
-186-
115.3.52D
115.3-51C
115.6.1A
115.6.2A
115.6.3A
115.6.4A
115.6.5A
115.2.17
, 115.3.43
115.6.9
115.6.8
115.6.11
115.6.10
115.6.12
115.1.18
115-1.16
115-1.5
115.1.7
115.1.6
115.1.15
115.7.32K
115.4.42
115.4.43
115.4.44
115.4-121A
115.2.141
115.2.39
115.4.18
115.4.19
115.4.11
115.4.12
115.4.13
115.2.120
115.2.121
115.1.69
115.1.51
115.1.4
115.2.116
115.3.32
115.7.1
115.7.2
115.7.3
115.3.25
115.3.26
115.3.27
115.8.66
115.8.51
115.1.56A
115-8.61
115-8.62
115.8.3
115.4.74
115.8.5
Waste Paper Bins
Water Colour Set
White Board
White Board Marker Set
Wicks, for Kerosene Lantern
Wicks, for Kerosene Heater
Write-on Transparency Sheets
Writing Board
Writing Pad - Lined, A5
Writing Pad - Lined, A4
Writing Pad - Squared, A5
Writing Pad - Squared, A4
Zinc White
16 mm Educational Film(s), black/white
16 mm Educational Film(s), colour
8 mm Educational Film(s), black/white
8 mm Educational Film(s), colour
-187-
115.8.7
115.2.40
115.5.17
115.5.13
115.8.43A
115.8.57A
115.1.8
115.4.63
115.2.65
115.2.66
115.2.67
115.2.68
115.2.42
115.1.112
115.1.111
115.1.110
115.1.109
ENGLISH INDEX
115.1.1
115.1.2
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.8
115.1.9
115.1.10
115.1.11
115.1.12
115.1.13
115.1.14
115.1.15
115.1.16
115.1.17
115.1.18
115.1.19
115.1.20
115.1.21
115.1.22
115.1.23
115.1.24
115.1..25
115.1.,26
115.1.27
115.1 .28
115.1 .29
115.1.29A
115.1.30
115.1.31
115.1.32
115.1..33
115.1..34
115.. 1 ..35
115.1.36
115.1.37
115..1. ,38
115.1 .39
115.1.40
115.1.40A
115.1.41
115.1.41A
11D 1 42
115 1 42A
115.1.42B
115.1.42C
115.1.43
115.1.44
115.1.45
115.1.46
(By Numerical
Order)
Portable Overhead Projector
Stationary Overhead Projector
O v e r h e a d P r o j e c t o r w i t h Reel Attachment
T r o l l e y for O v e r h e a d P r o j e c t o r s
T r a n s p a r e n c y Maker
T r a n s p a r e n c y P r e p a r a t i o n Kit - Medium
T r a n s p a r e n c y P r e p a r a t i o n Kit - L a r g e
Write-on T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets
Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets, c l e a r
Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets, blue
Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets, red
Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets, green
T h e r m a l T r a n s p a r e n c y S h e e t s , yellow
Acetate Reel
T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets - S q u a r e d
Transparency Frames
Mounting F r a m e s
T r a n s p a r e n c y Flip Frames
Marking Pens - Permanent
Marking Pens - Water-Soluble
E r a s e r for T r a n s p a r e n c i e s
Compass for T r a n s p a r e n c i e s
M a r k i n g P e n s Set
Slide a n d F i l m s t r i p P r o j e c t o r
Slide P r o j e c t o r
Slide T r a y s
P o r t a b l e Sound Slide P r o j e c t o r
Sound Slide P r o j e c t o r
C a r o u s e l Slide P r o j e c t o r
C a r o u s e l Slide T r a y
Light Pointer
P o r t a b l e C a s s e t t e Recorder
Slide Mounts
Thermo Slide
Black S l i d e s
C l e a n i n g B r u s h w i t h Bellows
P o i n t e r Pen
Screen C l e a n e r
Opaque Projector
Sound Motion P i c t u r e C a m e r a , 8 mm
Sound Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 8 mm
Empty Spool for 8 mm Film
Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 16 mm
Anamorphic Lens
Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 16 mm w i t h R e c o r d i n g
Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 650 m e t r e s
Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 350 m e t r e s
Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 250 m e t r e s
Large Speaker
Film S p l i c e r a n d Film Cement
R e w i n d i n g Set
P r o j e c t i o n Screen - W a l l / C e i l i n g
-188-
115.1.47
115.1.48
115. • 4 9
115. • 50
115. .50A
115. • 50B
115. ,50C
115. .51
115. .52
115. .53
115. .54
115. .55
115.1.56
115-1.56A
115.1.57
115.1.58
115.1.59
115..1 60
115..1 60A
115.1.61
115.1.61A
115.1.61B
115.1.61C
115.1.61D
115.1.61E
115.1.61F
115.1.61G
115.1.61H
115.1.611
115.1.62
115.1.63
115.1.64
115.1.65
115.1.66
115.1.67
115.1.68
115..1 .69
115.,1 .70
115.1.71
115.1.72
115.1.73
115.1.74
115.1.75
115.1.76
115.1.77
115.1.78
115.1.79
115.1.80
115.1.81
115.1.82
115.1.83
115.1.84
P r o j e c t i o n Screen - P o r t a b l e
Projection Stand
Projection Trolley
P o r t a b l e Colour Video C a s s e t t e System
Battery Pack
Mixer
M i c r o p h o n e , for Video
T r i p o d for Video Camera
P o r t a b l e L i g h t i n g Kit
Video C a s s e t t e , 60 Minutes
Video C a s s e t t e , 120 Minutes
Video C a s s e t t e , 180 Minutes
S t a t i o n a r y Video C a s s e t t e Recorder
Video Camera
S t a t i o n a r y Colour TV Set/Monitor
P o r t a b l e Colour Video/TV-Monitor
Automatic S t i l l Camera
P o l a r o i d Camera
Polaroid Film-Pack
S t i l l Camera - Reflex Type
Set of B a t t e r i e s for S t i l l C a m e r a
F i l t e r , s k y l i g h t UV
F i l t e r , yellow Yl
F i l t e r , yellow Y3
F i l t e r , o r a n g e 01
F i l t e r , r e d Rl
F i l t e r , g r e e n Gl
F i l t e r , g r e y ND4
F i l t e r , g r e y NÒ8
L e n s , Wide Angle
Lens, Telephoto
L e n s , Zoom 25-50 mm
L e n s , Zoom 35-70 mm
L e n s , Zoom 80-200 mm
F l a s h Unit
G a d g e t Bag
Tripod
Copypod
Auto Bellows Unit
Close Up Lens
Slide Copier
Reflector L i g h t
Colour R e v e r s a l Film - M a g n e t i c T r a c k , D a y l i g h t
Colour R e v e r s a l Film - M a g n e t i c T r a c k , I n d o o r s
B l a c k / W h i t e Film, 125 ASA
Black/White Film, 400 ASA
Colour - D a y l i g h t F i l m , 100 ASA
Colour - D a y l i g h t F i l m , 400 ASA
Colour - D a y l i g h t F i l m , 64-125 ASA
B a s i c Darkroom Kit
B l a c k / W h i t e N e g a t i v e Film D e v e l o p i n g Set
Colour N e g a t i v e Film D e v e l o p i n g Set
-189-
115-1.85
115-1.86
115.1.87
115.1.88
115.1.89
115.1.90
115.1.91
115-1.92
115.1.93
115.1.94
115.1.95
115.1.96
115.1.96A
H5.I.96B
115.1.97
115.1.98
115.1.99
115.1.100
115.1.101
115.1.102
115.1.102A
115.1.103
115.1.103A
115.1.104
115.1.105
115.1.106
115.1.107
115.1.108
115-1.109
115.1.110
115.1.111
115.1.112
115.1.113
Colour Reversal Film Developing Set
Stereo Music Set
Stereo Cassette Radio
Portable Cassette Recorder
Microphone
Headphones
Cassettes, 60 minutes
Cassettes, 90 minutes
Cassettes, 120 minutes
Cassette Copier
Demagnetization Cassette
Language Laboratory Master Control Unit
Language Lab Student Cassette Recorder
Language Lab Student Booth
Lectern with Public Address System
Public Address System
Floor Stand for Microphone
Microphone, Electrodynamic
Portable Voice Amplifier
Digital Video Disc Player
Digital Video Disc(s)
Compact Digital Audio Disc Player
Compact Digital Audio Disc(s)
Educational Record(s)
Educational Audio Cassette(s)
Educational Video Cassettes
Educational OHP Transparency Set(s)
Educational Slide Set(s)
8 mm Educational Film(s)-Colour
8 mm Educational Film(s)-Black/White
16 mm Educational Film(s)-Colour
16 mm Educational Film(s)-Black/White
Educational Filmstrip(s)
115.2.1
115.2.2
115.2.3
115.2.4
115.2.5
115.2.5A
115.2.6
115.2.6A
115.2.7
115.2.8
115.2.9
115.2.10
115.2.11
115.2.12
115.2.13
Office Starter Kit
Pencils, grade HB
Pencils, grade B
Pencils, grade H
Lead Pencil - 0,5 mm
Lead Refills - 0,5 mm
Lead Pencils - 2 mm
Lead Refills - 2 mm
Ball Point Pen, blue
Ball Point Pen, black
Ball Point Pen, red
Rolling Ball Pen, blue
Rolling Ball Pen, black
Rolling Ball Pen, red
Fountain Pen
-190-
115.2.M
115.2.15
115.2.16
115.2.17
115.2.18
115.2.19
115.2.20
115.2.21
115.2.22
115.2.23
115.2.24
115.2.25
115.2.26
115.2.27
115.2.28
115.2.29
115.2.30
115-2.31
115.2.32
115.2.33
II5.2.34115.2.35
115.2.36
115.2.37
115.2.38
115.2.39
115.2.40
115.2.41
115.2.42
115.2.43
115.2.44
115.2.45
115-2.46
115.2.47
115.2.48
115.2.49
115.2.50
115.2.51
115.2.52
115.2.53
115.2.54
115.2.55
115.2.56
115.2.57
115.2.58
115.2.59
115.2.60
115.2.61
115.2.62
115.2.63
115.2.64
115.2.65
Felt Pen - Fine - Set
Felt Pen - Medium - Set
Felt Pen - Broad - Set
Top Marker Set
Crayons - Set
Coloured Pencils - Set
Pencil Sharpener - Small
Pencil Sharpener - Plastic
Pencil Sharpener - Desk Type
Lead Sharpener
Eraser - Soft
Eraser - 2-Sided
Eraser - Hard
Eraser - Plastic
Erasing Knife
Erasing Pen
Stamp Pad
Stamping Ink, black
Stamping Ink, red
Date Stamp
Numbering Stamp
Stamp Rack
Paint Brush Set - Water Colours
Paint Brush Set - Poster Colour
Paint Brush Set - Oil Paint
Tray for Paint
Water Colour Set
Poster Colour Set
Zinc White
Spray Paint
Oil Paint Set
Oil Painting Set
Easel for P a i n t e r s
Modelling Clay Kit
Plaster
Lino Printing Kit
Batik Dyeing Kit
Self Adhesive Label Set
Coloured Label Set
Letter Labels
Numbering Labels
Self Adhesive Sheets
Files
Index, A-Z
Index, 1-31
Index, 1-52
Reinforcement Rings
Plastic Punched Pockets
Plastic Folder
Plastic Files
Cardboard File
Writing Pad - Lined, A5
-191-
115.2.66
115.2.67
115.2.68
115.2.69
115.2.70
115.2.71
115.2.72
115.2.73
115.2.74
115.2.75
115.2.76
115.2.77
115.2.78
115.2.79
115.2.80
115.2.81
115.2.82
115.2.83
115.2.84
115.2.85
115.2.86
115.2.87
115.2.88
115.2.89
115.2.89A
115.2.90
115.2.91
115.2.92
115.2.93
115.2.94
115.2.95
115.2.96
115.2.97
115.2.98
115.2.99
115.2.100
115.2.101
115.2.102
115.2.103
115.2.104
115.2.105
115.2.106
115.2.107
115.2.108
115.2.109
115.2.110
115.2.111
115.2.112
115.2.113
115.2.114
115.2.115
115.2.116
Writing Pad - Lined, A4
Writing Pad - Squared, A5
Writing Pad - Squared, A4
Steno Pad
Note Pad
Exercise Book - Lined, A5
Exercise Book - Lined, A4
Exercise Book - Squared, A5
Exercise Book - Squared, A4
Note Book
Desk Pad
Desk Tidy - Small
Desk Tidy - Big
Book-End
Note Paper Cube
Telephone Index
Magnifier
Paper Knife
Paper Scissors - 125 mm
Paper Scissors - 200 mm
Thimblett Set
Hole Puncher - 2 mm
Hole Puncher - 5 mm
Stapler - Small
Staples, 6 mm
Stapler
Staple Remover
Paper Clips, 25 mm
Paper Clips, 45 mm
Paper Clips, 80 mm
Container for Paper Clips
Clips
Paper and Envelope Fastener
Drawing Pin
Map Tack Set
Clear Adhesive Tape
Magic Tape
Desk Tape Dispenser
Hand Tape Dispenser
Masking Tape
Case Sealing Tape
Tape Dispenser
Textil Tape Set
Edge Binding Apparatus
Edge Binding Tape
All Purpose Glue
Multipurpose Glue
Paper Glue - Stick
Paper Glue - Spreading
Rubber Glue
Rubber Glue Refill
Two-Component Glue
-192-
*——'
i — ' l — '
i — ' i — ' i — ' i — ' i — ' i — •
i—•
t——•
• — ' l — '
l — '
p—'
i — ' i — ' i — ' l — ' i — '
i — '
l—"
l — '
i — •
•—•
i-t
fi fi
% 3 3
en en
3 3 ^ '
ÛQ ÛQ J^ en t J «d
m
t->- <-•• u
a>
en
en
en
m
3
h-"- Pu
O 4^
a-
P>
3
ro
fi
l — •
i—»
•—>
I—>
I — '
I — '
en en
1—S
1—S
>-í
a a
> > fXi Xf i
i—S
H-
C7MJ1
> >
cr-exi
X
o
00
3 X
o
03
O
pi
OQ
fi
^
PJ
O
i-i
i"!
3
O
end
1
CL CL
ff f i
I
"•<
pi P)
fi
fi
1—<
pi
en
en n
o Pi
fi
OQ
f i 1-3 - 3
1-1
o
to
J>
w
o
X
00
O
X
00
3
3
to
en
o
X
to
en
o
co
un
o
X
m
1
en en a) o o O O O O O O > en 1—1 en 1-3 enf i af i T3 t- çn o o a ai
p> su t» p> pj pu f-¡
B (t f i B
O
o
en
r¡ p PJ "O
c e
i-» i-S n
'S Cu en nH f2i P>.
w en n a a CL f i C L CL CL a 3"
fi
•z •z > > 3 3 <
o 5 OOTJ
c c 1 — ' 1—1 CL a f i
O
pu
p
i
•
I
I
ft W
3" ¡X f i f i 03
E t » M- H - O
0 0 3
1 1 3 3 pi
X X O
o cr cr f i ÛQ
3 3 r+ r3 3
f i m a'
r
X
a
>
If) T) 3 3
TI
TI
¡
ì
fi fi f i f i f i
1
en en
H - f i f i <£ ,_ i¿
'
c
CL
CL
a> 1—' r +
en
r-t
o o
r+ a» n> en «* •* CL a
3
n
X X
en
en en •-<
u>
i-n
- •• en > > 3 3 P>
3
n
O
eT,en CL a
M, P CL T) >
> >
er>cn
O 0Q
fi fi
O
4>i-i
f
i
3
3
X
X
> en
•T)
! * TI
i-h
i—i
i—i i—i y ,
PO-CO T I T I g T I
H- H- 5 " M-
f>0>^OVOCO^CTie7l4^C^NJi^OVOOO^C7^eil4^U>f>0'-'OeOCO^
l—•
ejiencjicJiejieiienc^enejic/ieneJicxieJiLncnejic^eTicjien
to
O
O°e
3 3 3
x x x
O
O
w
c^Ñe
to
en en
0
« pT
pi pi
ero era era
«-i - H
133
¿ , <T
ÍT1 1—
ÇLX
a 3
TI e
p p
i — ' i — ' i —
115-3.1
115-3.2
115.3.3
115.3.4
115.3.5
115.3.6
115.3.7
115.3.8
115.3.9
115-3.10
115.3.11
115.3.12
115.3.13
115.3.14
115.3.15
115.3.16
115.3.17
115.3.18
115.3.19
115.3.20
115.3.21
115.3.22
115-3.23
115.3.24
115.3.25
115-3-26
115.3.27
115.3.28
115.3.29
115.3.30
115.3.31
115.3.32
115.3.33
115.3.34
115.3.35
115.3.36
115.3.37
115.3.38
115.3.39
115.3.40
115.3.41
115.3.42
115-3-43
115.3.44
115-3.45
115-3.46
115-3.47
115.3.48
115.3.48A
115.3.49
II5.3.49A
115.3.50
115-3-50A
115.3.51
Manual Portable Typewriter, English, 240 mm
Manual Portable Typewriter, English, 330 mm
Manual Portable Typewriter French, 240 mm
Manual Portable Typewriter French, 330 mm
Manual Portable Typewriter Special, 240 mm
Manual Portable Typewriter Special, 330 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, English, 330 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, English, 380 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, English, 460 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, 330 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, 380 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, 460 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, 330 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, 380 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, 460 mm
Electronic Typewriter, English, 360 mm
Electronic Typewriter, French, 360 mm
Electronic Typewriter, Special, 360 mm
Electronic Typewriter, English, 420 mm
Electronic Typewriter, French, 420 mm
Electronic Typewriter, Special, 420 mm
Manual Stationary Typewriter, English, Large Script
Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, Large Script
Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, Large Script
Typewriter Ribbon, black
Typewriter Ribbon, r e d / b l a c k
Typewriter Ribbon, Cartridge Type
Correction Fluid Set
Correction Paper Roll
Correction Sheets
Correction Tape
Type Cleaner
Carbon Paper - Typing
Carbon Paper - Hand Writing
Stand for Manuscript
Stand for Manuscript - Electrical
Desk Lamp Fluorescent
Desk Lamp Incandescent
Table for Typewriter
Pocket Recorder
Dictation - Transcription Machine
Microcassette
Transcription Machine
Pocket Calculator - Standard
Pocket Calculator - Solar
Pocket Calculator - Scientific
Pocket Calculator - Programmable
Printing Calculator
Paper Rolls (Suitable for 115-3.48)
Office Calculator
Paper Rolls (Suitable for 115-3.49)
Microfiche Reader
Bulb for Microfiche Reader
Microfiche Reader - Printer
-194-
115.3.51A
115.3.51B
II5.3.5IC
II5.3.52
115.3.52A
115.3.52B
II5.3.52C
115.3.52D
II5.3.52E
Bulb for Microfiche Reader-Printer
Copying Paper
Toner (Suitable for 115.3.51 )
Microfiche Duplicator
Bulbs for Microfiche Duplicator
Positive Film
Negative Film
Title Band, white
Title Band, black
115.4.1
115.4.2
115.4.3
115.4.4
115.4.5
115.4.6
115.4.7
115.4.8
115.4.9
115.4.10
115.4.11
115.4.12
115.4.13
115.4.14
115.4.15
115.4.16
115.4.17
115.4.18
115.4.19
115.4.20
115.4.21
115.4.22
115.4.23
115.4.24
115.4.25
115.4.26
115.4.27
115.4.28
115.4.29
115.4.30
115.4.31
115.4.32
115.4.33
115.4.34
115.4.35
115.4.36
115.4.37
115.4.38
115.4.39
II5.4.4O
Compass - Set
Compass - with Automatic Bow Set
Beam Compass
Drawing Instrument Set - Small
Drawing Instrument Set - Medium
Ruler - Wood
Ruler - P l a s t i c , 300 mm
Ruler - P l a s t i c , 500 mm
T-Square, 500 mm
T-Square, 700 mm
Triangle Scale, A
Triangle Scale, B
Triangle Scale, C
Flexible Ruler
Tape Measure
Measuring Rule
Folding Rule
T r i a n g l e , 90-60-30
T r i a n g l e , 90-45-45
Adjustable Triangle
Protractor
Curve Rulers
Template - Circles
Template - Radii - 500 mm
Template - Radii - 40 mm
Template - Triangles
Template - Squares
Template - Combined Symbols
Template - Quadrograph
Template - Ellipses - Isometric
Template - Ellipses - Diametric
Template - Arrows
Template - Civil Engineering
Templates - Electrical Engineering
Template - Sinus Curves
Templates - Electronics
Template - Mechanical Symbols
Template - Radii and Nuts
Drawing Paper, A4
Drawing Paper, A3
-195-
.4.41
• 442
.4 43
.4 44
.4 45
.4 46
.4 47
.4 48
.4 49
.4 50
.4 51
.4 52
.4 53
.4 54
.4 55
.4 56
.4 57
.4 58
.4 59
.4 60
.4 61
.4 62
.4 63
.4 64
.4 65
.4 66
.4 67
.4 68
.4 69
.4 70
• 471
.4 72
.4 72A
.4 73
.4 74
.4 75
.4 76
.4 77
.4 78
.4 79
.4 80
.4.81
.4.82
• 4.83
• 4.84
.4 85
.4 86
.4 87
.4 88
• 489
.4 90
.4 91
Drawing Paper, Rolls
Transparent Drawing Paper, A4
Transparent Drawing Paper, A3
Transparent Drawing Paper, Rolls
Millimeter Paper, A4
Millimeter Paper, A3
Millimeter Paper, Rolls
Squared Drawing Paper, A4
Squared Drawing Paper, A3
Perspective Drawing Paper, A4
Perspective Drawing Paper, A3
Logarithm Paper - Single
Logarithm Paper - Double
Drawing Film, A4
Drawing Film, A3
Drawing Film, Rolls
Plastic Cover
Plastic Foil
Stylet Set
Cutting Pad
Drawing Weight
Dusting Brush
Writing Board
Drawing Board, A4
Drawing Board, A3
Protractor Head
Light Table - Drawing
Drawing Mechanism
Drawing Board - Table Model, A2
Drawing Board - Table Model, Al
Drafting Machine - Educational
Drafting Machine - Heavy Duty
Isometric Drafting Attachment
Drawing Holder
Wallstand for Drawings
Stand for Drawings - Console
Stand for Drawings - Floor
Drawing Cabinet
Ink Drawing 3-set
Ink Drawing 8-set
Drawing Ink
Cleaning Liquid
Ink Cleaning Cup
Lettering Template - Straight Types,
Lettering Template - Straight Types,
Lettering Template - Straight Types,
Lettering Template - Straight Types,
Lettering Template - Straight Types,
Lettering Template - Straight Types,
Lettering Template - Straight Types,
Lettering Template - Straight Types,
Lettering Template - Slanted Types,
-196-
1,8 mm
2,5 mm
3,5 mm
5,0 mm
7,0 mm
10,0 mm
14,0 mm
20,0 mm
1,8 mm
115.4. 92
115.A. 93
115.4. 94
115.4. 95
115.4. 96
115.4. 97
115.4. 98
99
115
100
115
101
115
102
115
103
115
104
115
105
115
106
115.4.
115.4..107
115.4..108
115.4..109
115.4 .110
115 .111
115 ,112
.113
115
.114
115
.115
115
.116
115
.117
115
.118
115
.119
115 .120
115.4 .121
115.4 .121A
115 .122
115 .122 A
115 .122B
115 .122C
115 .122D
115 .122E
115 .122F
115 • 122G
115.4 .122H
115.4 .123
115 .123A
115 .123B
115 .123C
115 .123D
115 .124
115 .125
115 .126
115 .127
115 .128
115 .129
115 .130
115
L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 2 , 5 mm
L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 3 , 5 mm
L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 5,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 7,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 10,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 14,0 mm
L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 20,0 mm
Template
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers E x t r a L i g h t , 28pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers E x t r a L i g h t , 36pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers E x t r a L i g h t , 42pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Medium, 28pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Medium 36pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Medium 42pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers O u t l i n e 36pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers O u t l i n e 42pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers I t a l i c , 28pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers I t a l i c , 36pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers I t a l i c , 42pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Bold, 28pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Bold, 36pt
Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Bold, 42pt
Rub-on L i n e s
Rub-on Symbols
R u b - o n Arrows
Rub-on C i r c l e s w i t h Numbers
Rub-on Tool
Rub-on R a s t e r Sheets - 50%
Rub-on R a s t e r Sheets - 70%
L e t t e r i n g Machine Set
T r a n s p a r e n t Tape
Embossing Tool - 6 a n d 9 mm
Embossing T a p e , 6 mm, b l u e
Embossing T a p e 6 mm b l a c k
Embossing T a p e 6 mm r e d
Embossing T a p e 6 mm g r e e n
Embossing T a p e 9 mm b l u e
E m b o s s i n g T a p e 9 mm b l a c k
Embossing T a p e 9 mm r e d
E m b o s s i n g T a p e 9 mm g r e e n
Embossing Tool - 9 a n d 12 mm
E m b o s s i n g T a p e , 12 mm, b l u e
Embossing T a p e , 12 mm b l a c k
Embossing T a p e , 12 mm r e d
Embossing T a p e , 12 mm g r e e n
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , WC
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Men
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Women
Information Signs, Wheelchair
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , In
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Out
Information Signs, Push
-197-
115.4-131
115-4.132
115.4.133
115.4.134
115.4.135
115-4.136
115.4.137
115.4.138
115.4.139
II5.4.I4O
II5.4.I4I
115..4 142
115..4 143
115..4 144
115..4 144A
115..4 144B
115.4.144C
115.4.144D
II5.4.I45
Information Signs, Pull
Information Signs, P a r k i n g
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Wardrobe
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Lift
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Telephone
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Staff o n l y
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Washroom
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Water
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Waste b i n
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Arrow, Left
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Arrow, Right
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Arrow, Up
I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Arrow, Down
Embossing Sign Machine
Embossing Tape - 19 mm, b l u e
Embossing Tape - 19 mm, b l a c k
Embossing Tape - 19 mm, r e d
Embossing Tape - 19 mm, g r e e n
Sign Holder
115.5.1
115.5.2
115.5.3
115.5.4
115.5.5
115-5.6
115-5.7
115.5.8
115.5.9
115.5.10
115.5.11
115.5.12
115.5.13
115.5.14
115.5.15
115.5.16
115.5.17
115.5.18
115.5.19
115.5.20
115.5.21
115.5.22
115.5.23
115.5.24
115.5.25
115.5.26
115.5.27
115.5.28
115.5.29
C h a l k Board
C h a l k B o a r d s w i t h M e t a l l i c Surface
C h a l k Board on S t a n d
I n s t r u m e n t Set for C h a l k Board
C h a l k - White
C h a l k - Coloured
Chalkboard Cleaner
Conference E a s e l for P a p e r P a d s
P a p e r P a d for Conference E a s e l
F e l t M a r k e r Set
M a g n e t i c Symbols Set
M a g n e t i c Sheets
White Board M a r k e r Set
Cleaning Pad
M a g n e t i c Buttons
Conference E a s e l with White Board
White Board
P l a n n i n g B o a r d , Week 1-53
Planning Board, Jan-Dec
F l a n n e l Board
P l a n n i n g Board
Notice Board
Key S t o r a g e C a b i n e t
Key-Plate
File Stand
Clothes Locker
Office C a b i n e t
C a s h Box
Locker for V a l u a b l e s
-198-
115.5.30
115.5.31
115.5.32
115.5.33
115.5.34
115.5.35
115.5.36
115.5.37
115.5.38
115.5.39
115.5.40
115.5.41
115.5.42
115.5.43
115.5.44
115.5.45
115.5.46
115.5.47
115.5.48
115.5.49
115.5.50
115.5.51
115.5.52
Safe
Shredding Machine
Desk Lamp
Fluorescent Desk Lamp
Magnifying Lamp
Office Desk with Side Table
Office Desk
Bookcase
Cupboard
Office Shelf
Office Chair
Office Chair with Armrest
Student Chair
Chair - Stackable
Chair with Writing Table
Chair for Conference Rooms
Stool
Student Desk - Simple
Student Desk - Double
Table - Portable
Table for Conference Room
Conference Cupboard
Mirror-Framed
II5.6.I
115.6.1A
115-6.2
II5.6.2A
II5.6.2B
115-6.2C
115.6.3
115.6.3A
II5.6.3B
II5.6.3C
115.6.4
115.6.4A
115.6.4B
115-6.5
115-6.5A
II5.6.5B
115.6.6
115.6.7
115.6.8
115.6.9
115.6.10
115.6.11
115.6.12
115.6.13
115.6.13A
115.6.14
115-6.14A
Photocopier - Small
Toner (Suitable for 115.6.1)
Photocopier - Medium
Toner (Suitable for 115-6.2)
Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115-6.2)
Pedestal for Photocopier - Medium Size
Photocopier - Large Size
Toner (Suitable for 115-6.3)
Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115.6.3)
Pedestal for Photocopier - Large Size
Photocopier - Large Size with Sorter
Toner (Suitable for 115.6.4)
Service Spare Part Set (Suitable for 115.6.4)
Photocopier - Large Size, High Speed
Toner (Suitable for 115-6.5)
Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115.6.5)
Address Labels for Photocopier, 70x36 mm
Address Labels for Photocopier, 105x36 mm
Transparencies for Photocopier, clear
Transparencies for Photocopier, blue
Transparencies for Photocopier, red
Transparencies for Photocopier, green
Transparencies for Photocopier, yellow
Ammonia Copying Machine
Developer (Suitable for 115.6.13)
Ammonia Copying Center
Developer (Suitable for 115.6.14)
-199-
115-6.15
115.6.16
115.6.17
115.6.18
115.6.19
115.6.20
115.6.21
115.6.22
115.6.23
115.6.24
115.6.24A
115.6.24B
115.6.24C
II5.6.24D
115.6.24E
115.6.25
II5.6.25A
115.6.25B
115.6.26
115.6.26A
115.6.26B
II5.6.26C
115.6.27
115.6.27A
115.6.27B
115.6.28
115.6.29
115.6.30
115.6.31
115.6.32
115.6.33
115.6.34
115.6.35
115.6.36
115.6.37
115.6.38
115.6.39
115.6.40
115.6.41
II5.6..42
115.6.43
115.6.44
115.6.45
115.6.46
Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, black
Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, blue
Ammonia Copying Paper, 50 m, black
Ammonia Copying Paper, 50 m, blue
Spirit Duplicator - Manual
Spirit Duplicator - Electric
Spirit Carbon Stencils
Duplicating Liquid for Spirit Duplicator
Correcting Fluid for Spirit Duplicating
Electronic Stencil Cutter
Electro-Stencils - Long Run
Electro-Stencils - Short Run
Styli for Electronic Stencil Cutter
Carbon Filter for Stencil Cutter
Correction Fluid for Electro-Stencils
Stencil Duplicator
Stencil Ink, black
Stencil Ink, red
Stencils for Typing
Correcting Fluid for Typing Stencils
Pen for Stencils
Stencil Pad
Process Camera
Developing Unit for Process Camera
Developing Unit for Metal Plates
Plate Maker
Paper Plates Long Run
Paper Plates Medium Run
Paper Plates Short Run
Plate Toner
Plate Developer
Plate Etch
Offset Duplicator
Offset Duplicator - Heavy Duty
Fountain Solution
Offset Ink, black
Offset Ink, green
Offset Ink, blue
Offset Ink, red
Thinning Varnish
Thickening Varnish
Blanket and Roller Wash
Blanket Restorer
Hand Cleaner
115.7.1
115.7.2
115.7.3
115.7.4
Typewriting
Typewriting
Typewriting
Duplicating
Paper - 45 grams
Paper - 70 grams
Paper - 80 grams
Paper
-200-
115.7.5
115.7.6
115.7.7
115.7.8
115.7.9
115.7.10
115.7-11
115.7.12
115.7.13
115.7.H
115.7.15
115.7.16
115.7.17
115.7.18 '
115.7.19
115.7.20
115.7.21
115.7.22
115.7.23
115.7.24
115.7.25
115.7.25A
115.7.26
115.7.26A
115.7.26B
II5.7.26C
115.7.27
115.7.27A
115.7.28
115.7.29
115.7.29A
115.7.29B
115.7.30
115.7.30A
H5.7.3OB
115.7.31
115.7.31A
115.7.32
115.7-32A
115.7.32B
II5.7.32C
115.7-32D
115.7.32E
115.7.32F
115.7.32G
115.7.32H
II5.7.32I
115.7.32J
115.7-32K
115.7.32L
115.7.33
Coloured Duplicating Paper, pink
Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , light yellow
Coloured Duplicating Paper, light green
Coloured Duplicating Paper, light blue
Photocopying Paper, A4
Photocopying Paper, A3
Offset P r i n t i n g Paper, 70 grams
Offset Printing Paper, 85 grams
Offset Printing Paper, 100 grams
Offset P r i n t i n g Paper, 120 grams
Allround Paper
Coloured Paper, pink
Coloured Paper, light yellow
Coloured Paper, light green
Coloured Paper, light blue
Paper Cutter - Small
Paper Cutter with Stand
Paper Trimmer
Hole Punch - Adjustable
Automatic Hole Punch
Stapler Pliers
Staples - 6 mm
Stapling Gun
Staples - 4 mm
Staples - 8 mm
Staples - 14 mm
Giant Stapler
Staples - 10 mm
Automatic Electric Stapler - 3 mm
Automatic Electric Stapler - 16 mm
Staples - 12 mm
Staples - 16 mm
Stapler
Staples - 15 mm
Staples - 20 mm
Electric Single Head Stitcher
Staples - 18 mm
Binding Apparatus
Plastic Binders - 4,5 mm
Plastic Binders - 6 mm
Plastic Binders - 8 mm
Plastic Binders - 9,5 mm
Plastic Binders - 11 mm
Plastic Binders - 12,5 mm
Plastic Binders - 14 mm
Plastic Binders - 15,5 mm
Plastic Binders - 18 mm
Plastic Binders - 20 mm
T r a n s p a r e n t Binding Covers
Laminated Binding Covers
Electric Thermo-Binder
-201-
115.7.33A
115.7.33B
115.7-33C
U5.7.33D
115.7.33E
115.7.33F
115.7.33G
115.7-33H
115.7.34
115.7.34A
115.7.35
115.7.35A
115.7.35B
115.7-36
115.7.36A
115.7.37
115.7.38
115.7.39
115.7.40
Cover - 1 mm
Cover - 3 mm
Cover - 6 mm
Cover - 9 mm
Cover - 12 mm
Cover - 15 mm
Cover - 18 mm
Cover - 21 mm
Electric Glue Binding Apparatus
Glue for Binding Apparatus
Laminating Machine for A4 Sheets
Plastic Laminating Folders, A7
Plastic Laminating Folders, A4
Laminating Machine for Rolls
Roll of Clear Laminating Material
Paper Folding Machine
Collator - Small
Jogger
Automatic Collator
115.8.1
115-8.2
115.8.3
115.8.4
115.8.5
115.8.6
115.8.7
115.8.8
115.8.9
115.8.10
115.8.11
115.8.12
115.8.13
115.8.14
115.8.15
115.8.16
115.8.17
115.8.18
115.8.19
115.8.20
115.8.21
115.8.22
115.8.23
115.8.24
115.8.25
115.8.26
115.8.27
115.8.28
115.8.29
Briefcase - Small
Briefcase - Large
Wall Clock
Stop Watch
Waste Paper Basket
Plastic Bags - 15 l i t r e s
Waste Paper Bins
Plastic Bags - 40 litres
Plastic Sack Carriage
Package Cart
Ladder - 3 Steps
Ladder - 6 Steps
First Aid Kit
Stretcher
Safety Helmet
Safety Helmet with Eye Protection
Protection Glasses
Ear Protectors
Ear Plugs
Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls, Medium
Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls, Large
Protection Gloves, Medium
Protection Gloves, Large
Protection Shoes
Overall, Small
Overall, Medium
Overall, Large
Safety Belt
Fire Extinguisher - Class A
-202-
.8.30
.8.31
.8.32
.8.33
.8.34
.8.35
.8.36
.8.37
.8.38
.8.39
.8.40
.8.41
.8.42
.8.42A
.8.43
.8.43A
.8.44
.8.45
.8.46
.8.47
.8.48
.8.49
.8.50
.8.51
.8.52
.8.53
.8.54
.8.55
.8.56
.8.57
.8.57A
.8.58
,8.59
.8.60
.8.61
.8.62
.8.63
.8.64
.8.65
.8.66
.8.67
.8.68
.8.69
.8.70
.8.71
.8.72
.8.73
.8.74
Fire Extinguisher - Class A, B, 2 kg
Fire Extinguisher - Class A, B, 6 kg
Fire Extinguisher - Class B, E, 2 kg
Fire Extinguisher - Class B, E, 6 kg
Smoke Detector
Table Stove - One Plate
Table Stove - Two Plates
Paraffin (Kerosene) Stove - One Burner
Paraffin (Kerosene) Stove - Two Burners
Electric Water Kettle
Hand Can Opener
Plastic Tableware
Kerosene Lantern - Pressure Type
Silk Mantle
Kerosene Lantern Non-Pressure Type
Wicks, for Kerosene Lantern
Sleeping - Bag
Tent - Over-Nighting
Refrigerator - 60 litres
Refrigerator - 160 l i t r e s
Refrigerator with Freezer
Refrigeration Box
Cooling Box
Vacuum Cleaner
Desk Fan
Ceiling Fan
Air Conditioner - 2.5 kWh
Air Conditioner - 3.2 kWh
Fan Heater
Kerosene Heater
Wicks, for Kerosene Heater
Electric Torch
Generator - 300 W
Generator - 1500 W
Voltage Stabiliser - 1000 W
Voltage Stabiliser - 2000 W
Standard Battery Type R6 (IEC)
Alkaline Battery Type R6 (IEC)
Rechargeable Battery R6 (IEC)
Universal Charger for Batteries
Standard Battery R14 (IEC)
Alkaline Battery R14 (IEC)
Rechargeable Battery R14 (IEC)
Standard Battery R20 (IEC)
Alkaline Battery R20 (IEC)
Rechargeable Battery R20 (IEC)
Standard Battery 6F-22 (IEC)
Alkaline Battery 6F-22 (IEC)
-203-
INDEX FRANÇAIS
115.1.1
115.1.2
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.7
115.1.8
115.1.9
115.1.10
115.1.11
115.1.12
115.1.13
115.1.U
115.1.15
115.1.16
115.1.17
115.1.18
115.1.19
115.1.20
115.1.21
115.1.22
115.1.23
115.1.24
115.1.25
115.1.26
115.1.27
115.1. 28
115.1. 29
115.1.29A
115.1.30
115.1.31
115.1.32
115.1..33
115.. 1 ..34
115.1.35
115.1.36
115.1.37
115.1.38
115.1.39
115.1.40
115.1.40A
115.1.41
115.1.41A
115.1.42
115.1.42A
115.1.42B
115.1.42C
115.1..43
115.1..44
115.1.45
(Par ordre
numérique)
Rétroprojecteur portatif
R é t r o p r o j e c t e u r modèle de t a b l e
Rétroprojecteur avec rouleaux
Chariot pour projecteurs
Thermocopieur
Ensemble moyen de p r e p a r a t i o n de t r a n s p a r e n t s
Ensemble complet de p r e p a r a t i o n de t r a n s p a r e n t s
Feuilles t r a n s p a r e n t e s pour écrire
Feuilles transparentes thermiques, claires
Feuilles transparentes thermiques, bleues
Feuilles t r a n s p a r e n t e s thermiques, rouges
Feuilles transparentes thermiques, vertes
Feuilles transparentes thermiques, jaunes
Rouleau d ' a c é t a t e
Feuilles transparentes - quadrillées
Cadres pour t r a n s p a r e n t s
C a d r e s de montage
Cadre à volets pour t r a n s p a r e n t s
Stylos-marqueurs permanents
Stylos-marqueurs solubles à l ' e a u
Gomme p o u r t r a n s p a r e n t s
Compas p o u r t r a n s p a r e n t s
T r o u s s e de s t y l o s m a r q u e u r s
P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s et de films en b a n d e
P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s
C h a r g e u r s de d i a p o s i t i v e s
P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s s o n o r e , p o r t a t i f
P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s s o n o r e
P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s t y p e " C a r r o u s e l "
C h a r g e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s t y p e " C a r r o u s e l "
Flèche lumineuse
Magnetophone portatif à c a s s e t t e s
Montures p o u r d i a p o s i t i v e s
Thermo-diapositives
Diapositives opaque
Brosse de n e t t o y a g e a v e c s o u f f l e t t e
Pointeur têléscopique
Nettoyeur d ' é c r a n
Projecteur episcope
Camera s u p e r 8 sonore
P r o j e c t e u r de cinema s u p e r 8 s o n o r e
Bobine v i d e p o u r film 8 mm
P r o j e c t e u r de c i n e m a , film de 16 mm
Objectif a n a m o r p h i q u e
P r o j e c t e u r de film 16 mm a v e c e n r e g i s t r e u r
Bobine v i d e p o u r film 16 mm, 650 metres
Bobine v i d e p o u r film 16 mm, 350 m e t r e s
Bobine v i d e p o u r film 16 mm, 250 metres
Grand h a u t - p a r l e u r
Colleuse et colle p o u r film
Rebobineuse
-204-
115-1.46
115.1.47
115.1.48
115.1.49
115.1.50
H5.I.5OA
115.1.50 B
II5.I.5OC
115.1.51
115.1.52
115.1.53
115.1.54
115.1-55
II5.I.56
H5.I.56A
115-1.57
115.1.58
115-1.59
115.1.60
115.1.60A
115-1.61
115.1.61A
115.1.61B
115.1.61C
115.1.61D
115.1.61E
II5.1.61F
115.1.61G
115.1.61H
115.1.611
115.1.62
115.1.63
115.1.64
115.1.65
115.1.66
Ecran de projection - mur/plafond
Ecran de projection - portatif
Support d ' a p p a r e i l s de projection
Chariot pour a p p a r e i l s de projection
Système video couleur portatif
Batterie d'accumulateurs
Mélangeur
Microphone
Trépied pour camera video
Eclairage portatif
Cassette video, 60 minutes
Cassette video, 120 minutes
Cassette video, 180 minutes
Magnétoscope de salon
Camera video
Téléviseur/moniteur couleur de salon
Téléviseur/moniteur couleur portatif
Appareil photo automatique
Appareil photo polaroid
Boite de films pour a p p a r e i l polaroid
Appareil photo type reflex
Jeu de piles pour a p p a r e i l photo
F i l t r e , u l t r a violet UV
F i l t r e , jaune Yl
F i l t r e , jaune Y3
F i l t r e , orange 01
F i l t r e , rouge RI
F i l t r e , vert Gl
Filtre,- gris ND4
F i l t r e , gris ND8
Objectif, grand angle
Téléobjectif, telephoto
Objectif, zoom 25-50 mm
Objectif, zoom 35-70 mm
Objectif, zoom 80-200 mm
115.1.67
115.1.68
115.1.69
Flash
Sac de photographe
Trépied
115.1.70
115.1.71
115.1.72
115.1.73
115.1.74
115.1.75
115.1.76
115.1.77
115.1.78
115.1.79
115.1.80
115.1.81
Pied de reproduction
Soufflet
Lentilles pour macrophotographie
Copieur de diapositives
Lampe réfléchissante
Film couleur avec piste magnétique pour l ' e x t é r i e u r
Film couleur avec piste magnétique pour l ' i n t é r i e u r
Film négatif noir et b l a n c , 125 ASA, 36 vues
Film négatif noir et b l a n c , 400 ASA, 36 vues
Film négatif couleur pour l ' e x t é r i e u r , 100 ASA, 36 vues
Film négatif couleur pour l ' e x t é r i e u r , 400 ASA, 36 vues
Film pour diapositives couleur, pour l ' e x t é r i e u r ,
64-125 ASA, 36 vues
-205-
115.1.82
115.1.83
115.1.84
115.1.85
115.1.86
115.1.87
115.1.88
115-1.89
115.1.90
115.1.91
115.1.92
115.1.93
115.1.94
115.1.95
115.1.96
H5.I.96A
115.1.98
115.1.99
115.1.100
115-1.101
II5.I.IO2
115.1.102A
115-1.103
115.1.103A
115.1-104
115.1.105
115.1.106
115.1.107
115.1.108
115-1.109
115.1.110
115.1.111
115.1.112
115.1.113
Equipement de base pour chambre noire
Jeu de révélateurs pour film négatif noir et blanc
Jeu de révélateurs pour film négatif couleur
Jeu de révélateurs pour film couleur inversible
Centrale stereo
Poste radio cassette stereo
Magnétophone à cassettes portatif
Microphone
Casque d'écoute
Cassettes, 60 minutes
Cassettes, 90 minutes
Cassettes, 120 minutes
Copieur de cassettes
Cassette de demagnetasation
Pupitre de commande Magnétophone à cassettes de labo de langues pour
étudiant
Cabine
Pupitre de conférencier avec système d'amplification
de voix
Système d'amplification de voix
Pied de plancher pour microphone
Microphone
Amplificateur de voix portatif
Lecteur de disques video numériques
Disques video numériques
Lecteur de disques compacts
Disques compacts
Disques d'enseignement
Cassettes audio d'enseignement
Cassettes video d'enseignement
Materiel OHP d'enseignement
Diapositives d'enseignement, jeu
Film d'enseignement couleur 8 mm
Film d'enseignement noir et blanc 8 mm
Film d'enseignement couleur 16 mm
Film d'enseignement noir et b l a n c , 16 mm
Film d'enseignement en bande
115.2.1
115.2.2
115.2.3
115.2.4
115.2.5
II5.2.5A
II5.2.6
115.2.6A
II5.2.7
Materiel de base de b u r e a u
Crayons, HB
Crayons, B
Crayons, H
Porte-mines 0,5 mm
Mines 0,5 mm
Porte-mines 2 mm
Mines 2 mm
Stylo à b i l l e , bleu
115.1.96B
115.1.97
-206-
,2.8
.2.9
.2.10
.2.11
,2.12
.2.13
.2.14
.2.15
,2.16
.2.17
.2.18
,2.19
,2.20
.2.21
.2.22
.2.23
.2.24
.2.25
.2.26
.2.27
,2.28
.2.29
,2.30
,2.31
.2.32
.2.33
.2.34
.2.35
.2.36
.2.37
.2.38
.2.39
.2.40
.2.41
.2.42
,2.43
,2.44
.2.45
.2.46
.2.47
.2.48
.2.49
.2.50
.2.51
,2.52
,2.53
,2.54
.2.55
.2.56
.2.57
.2.58
Stylo à b i l l e , noir
Stylo à b i l l e , rouge
Stylo à bille roulante
Stylo à bille roulante
Stylo à bille roulante
Stylo à encre
Jeu de stylo feutre à pointe fine
Jeu de stylo feutre à pointe moyenne
Jeu de stylo feutre à pointe l a r g e
Jeu de marqueurs
Jeu de c r a i e s
Jeu de crayons de couleur
Taille - crayon, petit
Taille - c r a y o n , p l a s t i q u e
Taille - crayon de table
Taille-mines
Gomme - douce
Gomme - deux cotes
Gomme - dure
Gomme - p l a s t i q u e
Grattoir
Crayon-gomme
Tampon encreur
Encre à tampon, noire
Encre à tampon, rouge
Timbre d a t e u r
Timbre numéroteur
Porte-timbres
Jeu de pinceaux pour l ' a q u a r e l l e
Jeu de pinceaux pour la peinture
Jeu de pinceaux pour la peinture à l ' h u i l e
Palette
Boite d ' a q u a r e l l e s
Boite de tubes de peintures
Blanc de zinc
Bombe aérosol de peinture
Boite de tubes de peinture à l ' h u i l e
Materiel de peinture à l ' h u i l e
Chevalet de peintres
Ensemble d ' a r g i l e à modeler
Plâtre
Trousse d'impression lino
Trousse de coloration b a t i k
Jeu d ' é t i q u e t t e s auto-collantes
Jeu d ' é t i q u e t t e s de couleur
Etiquettes de lettres
Etiquettes de chiffres
Feuilles auto-collantes
Classeurs
Repertoire alphabétique A-Z
Repertoire, journalier 1-31
-207-
T3
T3
are
cr
pi
TO
I-i
3
i—'
o
I
n
oy—'
P)
cr a
o TO
I-i
a
pi' 3
i—
i-*-1
TO
a
> <—*
p,
P
OQ
ni
i—'
i—i
P
U"
3
i"!
TO
c
X)
O
*
TO C
TO
P
¡2 «i 3
TO» Qj
3" g
TO
P P/ C
PL
l-S
TO TO
a a
o o
f-i
TO f i
TO
3
2 P
1
P
3
en en
^ 3
1-h • * ,
TO TO
en a i
3" 3"
a a
P P
P)
3 3
PO PO
P) P) TO»TO»C C
3 3
cr cr
DO 03
TO
TO
en
en
TO
3
3
cr
o
r+
1-Í
O
l-S
o
c
•d
i-s
C
3 3
cr
c<•+
TO "I
3
3
oinui
CO-P-. t o
r-i
O
i-i
O
r-i
i-h >-h
r-i
TO
o
TO
I
^
£
T3 r r j
P P
P
I
pj/T)
C P
X C
P TO
"
i"!
11
i-í
o
c
n
S-3 3
if 3 3
t°
P
o u¡ri
t^i
o o
n
3 3 3
TO
TO*C) X ) hj
Hen CTO TO
M.
P'
a> TO
i-i OQ
3 3
I
i-S
c P P
en
er> TO TO TO
C C
en
TO TO
i-S TO^OQ OQ OQ
"
H O > > > no - 0 " ^ O O O r 1
en en
. TO
en
TO P.T3
p " ?3;
TO
£'
n
TO X)
w
3
T ) PO
H - TON
p
p p p p
o o o o o
n
TO
Xi
3"
O
3
TO» (T>
•—' ST
TO» X ,
I
P £
3 £
a
i-S TO
OQ X>
I
P
TO i-S
P TO
c r cr
c
•-s c
a 3
H' r+
i"S p
1-Í TO l-S C L
TO
TO TO
TO
en
*"^} I - T ) I - T
p p
p
TO» TO»
i-s 1-1
£ £
C C OQ OQ
P P 3 3
CL CL ni> ro
^r0
4 ^ C/l 4 ^ U I
> > > >
p
3 3 3 3
O O O O
i-S i-i i-S i-S
I-Tj
c c
•tí o
3" 3" 3" 3
g en
TO 9
f í TO TO TO TO
* K p+ i-S i-i i-S i-S
r+ 3
O O ^
M- 2^ TO g
„
„
v.
.
C
PO 00 CO T I no en
t-* O
01 ¡ - 1 TO
o o o o o o o o g ^ û œ v l ( ^ u l ^ u ^ o H 0 ^ ^ 0 3 v l C J ^ L ^ ^ u ^ ) H O l £ a ) v ^ c ^ u ^ ^ u ^ ) H
UIUIUIUIUIUIUIUIUILHUIUIUIUIUIUIUIUIUILHUIUIUIUIU^
roui
roui
115.2.109
115.2.110
115.2.111
115.2.112
115.2.113
115.2.114
115.2.115
115.2.116
115.2.117
115.2.118
115.2.119
115.2.120
115.2.121
115.2.122
115.2.123
115.2.124
115.2.125
115.2.126
115.2.127
115.2.128
115.2.129
115.2.130
115.2.131
115.2.132
115.2.133
115.2.134
115.2.135
115.2.136
115.2.137
115.2.138
115.2.139
115.2.140
115.2.141
115.2.142
115.2.143
115.2.144
115.2.145
115.2.146
115.2.147
115.2.148
115.2.149
115.2.150
115.2.151
115.2.152
115.2.153
115.2.154
115.2.155
115.2.156
115.2.157
115.2.158
115.2.159
Ruban de bordage
Colle universelle
Colle à usage multiple
Baton de colle à p a p i e r
Colle à p a p i e r liquide
Colle-caoutchouc
Recharge de colle-caoutchouc
Colle à deux composants
Jeu de b r a c e l e t s élastiques en caoutchouc
Ficelle - épaisse
Ficelle - mince
Cutter à blocage de lame - sections cassables
Couteau u n i v e r s e l - lames de rechange
Enveloppes commerciales - format C6
Enveloppes commerciales - format E65
Enveloppes p a r avion
Enveloppes renforcée - format C5
Enveloppes renforcée - format C4
Sachets pour échantillons 125 x 290 mm
Sachets pour échantillons 250 x 425 mm
Pochettes rembourrées 120 x 250 mm
Pochettes rembourrées 260 x 400 mm
Eponge
Humecteur
Boites en carton 350 x 250 x 250 mm
Boites en carton 480 x 330 x 240 mm
Balance
Pèse-lettres
Balance à colis
Crobeille à courrier en long
Corbeille à courrier en l a r g e
Bloc c l a s s e u r
Casier pour formulaires
Boite de classement
Collecteur pour publications
Trieur
Boite d ' a r c h i v e s
Boite de fichier, format A5
Boite de fichier, format A6
Repertoire a l p h a b é t i q u e de c a r t e s , A5
Repertoire alphabétique de c a r t e s , A6
Repertoire numérique de c a r t e s , A5
Repertoire numérique de c a r t e s , A6
Cartes l i g n é e s , A5
Cartes l i g n é e s , A6
Système de controle des stocks
Dossiers s u s p e n d u s , A4
Dossiers s u s p e n d u s , folio
Corbeille à dossiers suspendus
Chariot à dossiers suspendus
Classeur v e r t i c a l pour format A4
-209-
115-2.160
115.2.161
115.2.162
C l a s s e u r v e r t i c a l p o u r format
Dossier s u s p e n d u à r a i l
Rail p o u r d o s s i e r s s u s p e n d u s
II5.3. 1
II5.3. 2
II5.3. 3
II5.3. 4
115.• 3 5
115..3 6
115.• 3 7
115.• 3 8
115..3 9
115..3 10
115..3 11
115..3 12
115..3 13
115..3 14
115..3 15
115..3 16
115..3 17
115.3.18
II5.3.19
I I 5 . 3 20
I I 5 . 3 21
I I 5 . 3 22
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , a n g l a i s e 240 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , a n g l a i s e 330 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , f r a n ç a i s e 240 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , f r a n ç a i s e 330 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , s p e c i a l e 240 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , s p e c i a l e 330 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , a n g l a i s e 330 mm
Machine â é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , a n g l a i s e 380 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , a n g l a i s e 460 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , f r a n ç a i s e 330 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , f r a n ç a i s e 380 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , f r a n ç a i s e 460 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , s p e c i a l e 330 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , s p e c i a l e 380 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , s p e c i a l e 46O mm
Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , a n g l a i s e 360 mm
Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , f r a n ç a i s e 360 mm
Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , s p e c i a l e 360 mm
Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , a n g l a i s e 420 mm
Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , f r a n ç a i s e 420 mm
Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , s p e c i a l e 420 mm
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u a n g l a i s e ,
grands caracteres
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u f r a n ç a i s e ,
grands caracteres
Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u s p e c i a l e ,
grands caracteres
Ruban pour machine à é c r i r e , noir
Ruban pour machine à é c r i r e , r o u g e / n o i r
Ruban p o u r m a c h i n e à é c r i r e en c a r t o u c h e , n o i r
Liquides correcteurs
Bande de p a p i e r c o r r e c t e u r
F e u i l l e s de p a p i e r c o r r e c t e u r
Ruban de c o r r e c t i o n
B â t o n n e t s à n e t t o y e r des c a r a c t e r e s de m a c h i n e à é c r i r e
Papier carbone à machine
P a p i e r c a r b o n e à main
Support p o u r m a n u s c r i t
Support électrique pour manuscrit
Lampe de b u r e a u à f l u o r e s c e n t e
Lampe de b u r e a u à i n c a n d e s c e n c e
Table pour machine à écrire
Magnétophone de poche
Machine à d i c t e r - t r a n s c r i p t i o n
II5.3.23
II5.3.24
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
-210-
folio
115.3.42
115.3.43
115.3-44
115.3.45
115.3.46
115.3.47
115.3-48
115.3-48A
115.3.49
115-3.49A
115.3.50
115.3-50A
115.3.51
115.3-51A
115-3.51B
II5.3.5IC
115.3.52
115.3-52A
115.3-52B
II5.3.52C
115.3.52D
115.3.52E
Micro-cassette
Machine de transcription
Calculatrice de poche - s t a n d a r d
Calculatrice de poche - solaire
Calculatrice de poche - scientifique
Calculatrice de poche - programmable
Calculatrice imprimante
Rouleaux de papier (pour c a l c u l a t r i c e 115.3.48)
Calculatrice de bureau
Rouleaux de p a p i e r (pour c a l c u l a t r i c e 115.3.49)
Lecteur de microfiche
Lampe pour lecteur de microfiche
Lecteur de microfiche - imprimante
Ampoule pour lecteur de microfiche - imprimante
Papier pour lecteur de microfiche - imprimante
Toner (pour 115.3.51 )
Duplicateur de microfiche
Lampe pour duplicateur de microfiche
Pellicule positive
Pellicule negative
Bande de t i t r e , blanche
Bande de t i t r e , noire
115.4.1
115.4.2
115.4.3
115.4-4
115.4.5
115.4.6
115.4.7
115.4.8
115.4.9
115.4.10
115.4.11
115.4.12
115.4.13
115.4.14
115.4.15
115.4-16
115.4.17
115.4.18
115.4.19
115.4.20
115.4.21
115.4.22
115.4.23
115.4.24
115.4.25
Jeu de compas
Jeu de compas avec b a l u s t r e automatique
Compas à verge
Boite de compas - petite ,
Boite de compas - moyenne
Règle en bois
Règle en p l a s t i q u e , 300 mm
Règle en p l a s t i q u e , 500 mm
Té à dessin - 500 mm
Té à dessin - 700 mm
Echelle de reduction t r i a n g u l a i r e , A
Echelle de reduction t r i a n g u l a i r e , B
Echelle de reduction t r i a n g u l a i r e , C
Règle souple
Decametre à r u b a n
Mètre à ruban
Mètre p l i a n t
Equerre, 90-60-30
Equerre, 90-45-45
Equerre réglable
Rapporteur
Pistolets courbes
Gabarit pour cercles
Gabarit pour rayons - 500 mm
Gabarit pour rayons - 40 mm
-211-
.4.26
,4.27
.4.28
.4-29
.4-30
.4.3I
.4.32
.4.33
.4.34
,4.35
.4-36
,4-37
,4-38
.4.39
.4.40
.4.41
,4.42
.4.43
.4.44
.4.45
.4-46
.4.47
,4.48
.4.49
.4.50
.4.51
.4-52
• 4.53
.4.54
• 4-55
.4.56
.4.57
.4.58
.4-59
.4.6O
.4.6I
.4.62
.4-63
.4-64
.4.65
.4.66
.4.67
.4.68
.4.69
.4.70
.71
.4.72
,4-72A
.4.73
.4.74
,4.75
Gabarit pour t r i a n g l e s
Gabarit pour c a r r é s
Gabarit pour formes combinées
Gabarit - quadrographe
Gabarit pour ellipses isométriques
Gabarit pour ellipses diamétriques
Gabarit de flèches
Gabarit de genie civil
Gabarits de symboles électriques
Gabarit de courbes des sinus
Gabarit de symboles électroniques
Gabarit de symboles mécaniques
Gabarit pour a r r o n d i s et écrous
Papier à dessin, A4
Papier à dessin, A3
Papier à dessin en rouleau
Papier calque, A4
Papier calque, A3
Papier calque en rouleau
Papier millimètre, A4
Papier millimètre, A5
Papier millimètre en rouleau
Papier à dessin q u a d r i l l é , A4
Papier à dessin q u a d r i l l é , A3
Papier à dessin perspective, A4
Papier à dessin perspective, A3
Papier logarithmique simple
Papier logarithmique double
Film t r a n s p a r e n t à dessin, A4
Film t r a n s p a r e n t à dessin, A3
Film t r a n s p a r e n t à dessin en rouleaux
Couverture p l a s t i q u e
Film plastique
Jeu de stylets
Sous-main de découpe
Poids à dessin
Brosse à poussière
Planche à écrire
Planche à dessin, A4
Planche à dessin, A3
Tête à dessiner
Table lumineuse
Appareil à dessiner
Planche à dessin de t a b l e , A2
Planche à dessin de t a b l e , Al
Machine à dessiner d'enseignement
Machine à dessiner professionnelle
Accessoire pour dessin isométrique
Pince à dessin
Support mural â dessins
Support pour dessins sur console
-212-
5.4 • 76
;.4 77
;.4 7 8
• 79
i.4 ,80
5.4. 81
5.4 ,82
5.4 ,83
5.4 ,84
5.4 .85
5.4 .86
5.4 87
i.4 ,88
5.4 .89
5.4 90
5.4 .91
5.4 .92
5.4 .93
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
• 94
• 95
• 96
• 97
• 98
• 99
,100
.101
.102
.103
.104
.105
.106
.107
.108
.109
.110
.111
.112
.113
.114
• 115
.116
.117
.118
.119
.120
.121
.121A
.122
.122A
.122B
.122C
Support pour dessins sur pieds
Armoire â d e s s i n s
Jeu de 3 s t y l o s à d e s s i n à l ' e n c r e
Jeu de 8 s t y l o s à d e s s i n à l ' e n c r e
E n c r e de c h i n e
L i q u i d e de n e t t o y a g e
Coupelle p o u r n e t t o y a g e de p l u m e s à l ' e n c r e
T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 1,8 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 2 , 5 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 3,5 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 5,0 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 7,0 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 10,0 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 14,0 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 20,0 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n 1,8 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p~T<"'~
l e i n , 2 , 5 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 3,5 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n . 5,0 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 7,0 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 10,0 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 14,0 mm
T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 20,0 mm
Gabarit pour l'écriture
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r e x t r a l é g è r e s , 28 p o i n t s
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r e x t r a l é g è r e s , 36 p o i n t s
points
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r e x t r a l é g è r e s , 42
n¿. pv.
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r m o y e n n e s , 28 p o i n t s
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r m o y e n n e s , 36 p o i n t s
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r m o y e n n e s , 42 poin
points
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r t r a ç a g e , 36 p o i n t s
C a r a c t è r a£
r=.v=.^+àre =s à t r a n s f é r e r t r a ç a g e , 42 p o i n t s
C a r a c t è r e s a t r a n s f é r e r i t a l i q u e s , 28 p o i n t s
C a r a c t è r e s àa. t r a n s f é r e r i t a l i q u e s , 36 p o i n t s
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r i t a l i q u e s , 42 p o i n t s
C
r a^cLt ^è .r.e. ^s à t r a n s f é r e r g r a s , 28 p o i n t s
v ^am
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r g r a s , 36 p o i n t s
C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r g r a s , 42 p o i n t s
Lignes à t r a n s f é r e r
Symboles à t r a n s f é r e r
Fleches à t r a n s f é r e r
Cercles avec chiffres à t r a n s f é r e r
Instrument à transfert
Trame f e u i l l e s - 50 % à t r a n s f é r e r
Trame f e u i l l e s - 70 % à t r a n s f é r e r
A p p a r e i l de c o m p o s i t i o n
Bande d ' é c r i t u r e t r a n s p a r e n t e
A p p a r e i l à é t i q u e t e r 6 et 9 mm
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 6 mm, b l e u e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 6 mm, n o i r e
B a n d e à é t i q u e t e r , 6 mm, r o u g e
-213-
115
115
115
115
115
115
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
122D
122E
122F
122G
122H
123
123A
123B
123C
123D
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
144A
144B
144C
144D
145
II5.5.I
115-5.2
115.5.3
115.5.4
115.5.5
115.5.6
115.5-7
115.5.8
115.5.9
115.5.10
115.5.11
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 6 mm, v e r t e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 9 mm, b l e u e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 9 mm, n o i r e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 9 mm, r o u g e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 9 mm, v e r t e
A p p a r e i l à é t i q u e t e r 9 et 12 mm
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 12 mm, b l e u e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 12 mm, n o i r e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 12 mm, r o u g e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 12 mm, v e r t e
P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s WC
P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s hommes
Plaquettes i n d i c a t r i c e s dames
Plaquettes indicatrices handicapes
Plaquettes indicatrices entrée
Plaquettes indicatrices sortie
Plaquettes indicatrices poussez
Plaquettes indicatrices tirez
Plaquettes indicatrices parking
Plaquettes indicatrices vestiaire
Plaquettes indicatrices ascenseur
Plaquettes indicatrices téléphone
Plaquettes indicatrices reserve au personnel
Plaquettes indicatrices lavabo
Plaquettes indicatrices eau
Plaquettes indicatrices poubelle
P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s fleche à g a u c h e
P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s fleche à d r o i t e
P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s fleche en h a u t
P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s fleche en b a s
Machine p o u r e t i q u e t t e s a u t o c o l l a n t e s
Bande à é t i q u e t e r - 19 mm, b l e u e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r - 19 mm, n o i r e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r - 19 mm, r o u g e
Bande à é t i q u e t e r - 19 mm, v e r t e
Porte-plaque
Tableau noir à c r a i e
Tableaux noir à craie à surface métallique
Tableau noir à c r a i e sur c h e v a l e t
Jeu d ' i n s t r u m e n t s pour t a b l e a u à c r a i e
Craie - blanche
Craie - couleurs
Frottoir nettoyeur de t a b l e a u à c r a i e
Chevalet de conférence pour blocs p a p i e r
Bloc p a p i e r pour chevalet de conférence
Jeu de marqueurs feutre
Jeu de symboles magnétiques
-214-
.5-12
.5-13
.5.14
.5-15
.5.I6
.5.17
.5-18
.5.19
.5.20
• 5.21
.5.22
.5.23
.5.24
.5.25
.5.26
.5.27
.5-28
.5.29
.5.30
.5-31
.5.32
.5.33
.5.34
• 5-35
• 5-36
.5.37
.5-38
.5.39
.5.40
.5-41
• 5-42
.5.43
.5-44
• 5-45
.5.46
.5.47
.5.48
.5.49
• 5-50
.5-51
.5-52
115.6.1
II5.6.1A
115.6.2
II5.6.2A
115-6.2B
II5.6.2C
Feuilles magnétiques
Jeu de marqueurs feutres pour tableau blanc
Tampon de nettoyage
Boutons magnétiques
Chevalet de conférence avec tableau blanc
Tableau blanc
Panneau de p l a n n i n g semainier - 1-53
Panneau de p l a n n i n g annuel - Jan-Dec
Tableau flanelle
Tableau p l a n n i n g
Tableau d'affichage
Armoire à clés
Porte-étiquette pour clés
Table de dossiers roulante
Armoire g a r d e - r o b e
Armoire de b u r e a u
Caisse portative
Coffre à clef pour objets de valeur
Coffre fort
Destructeur de documents
Lampe de b u r e a u
Lampe de b u r e a u fluorescente
Lumière et loupe combinées
Bureau d ' a n g l e
Bureau
Bibliothèque
Armoire
Etagère de b u r e a u
Chaise de b u r e a u
Fauteuil de b u r e a u
Chaise d ' é t u d i a n t
Chaise - superposables
Chaise avec tablette
Chaise pour salles de conférence
Tabouret
Bureau individuel d ' é t u d i a n t
Bureau d ' é t u d i a n t - double
Table pliante portative
Table pour salle de conférence
Armoire de conférence
Miroir avec c a d r e
Petite photocopieuse
Toner (pour 115-6.1)
Photocopieuse - moyenne
Toner (pour 115.6.2)
Jeu de pieces de rechange et d ' e n t r e t i e n (pour 115-6.2)
Piédestal pour photocopieuse de t a i l l e moyenne
-215-
115. 6 .3
115. 6 • 3A
115. 6 .3B
115. 6 .3C
115. 6 • 4
115. 6 • 4A
115. 6 • 4B
115. 6 • 5
115. 6 • 5A
115. 6 • 5B
115. 6 .6
115. 6 .7
115. 6 .8
115. 6 .9
115. 6 .10
115. 6 .11
115. 6 .12
115. 6 .13
115. 6 .13A
115.6.14
115.6.14A
115. 6.15
115. 6.16
115.6.17
115.6.18
115 6.19
115 6 20
115 6 21
115 6 22
115 6 23
115 6 24
115 6 24A
115 6 24 B
115 6 24C
115 6 24D
115 6 24E
115 6 25
115 6 25A
115 6 25 B
115 6 26
115 6 26A
115 6 26 B
115 6 26C
115 6 27
115 6 27A
115 6 27B
115 6 28
115 6 29
115 6 30
115 6. 31
115 6, 32
P h o t o c o p i e u s e de g r a n d e t a i l l e
Toner ( p o u r 115.6.3)
Jeu de p i e c e s de r e c h a n g e et d ' e n t r e t i e n ( p o u r 115-6.3)
P i é d e s t a l p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e de g r a n d e t a i l l e
Photocopieuse - g r a n d e t a i l l e avec t r i e u s e
Toner ( p o u r 115.6.4)
Jeu de p i e c e s de r e c h a n g e et d ' e n t r e t i e n ( p o u r 115.6.4)
Photocopieuse - g r a n d e t a i l l e , g r a n d e vitesse
Toner ( p o u r 115.6.5)
Jeu de p i e c e s de r e c h a n g e et d ' e n t r e t i e n ( p o u r 115-6.5)
E t i q u e t t e s d ' a d r e s s e s p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e , 70x36 mm
E t i q u e t t e s d ' a d r e s s e s p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e , 105x36 mm
T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, c l a i r s
T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, bleus
T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, rouges
T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, verts
T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, j a u n e s
Machine à h e l i o g r a p h i e r à l ' a m m o n i a q u e
•Révélateur
Machine à h e l i o g r a p h i e r à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , p r o f e s s i o n n e l l e
Révélateur
P a p i e r h ê l i o g r a p h i q u e à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , 30 m, n o i r
P a p i e r h é l i o g r a p h i q u e à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , 30 m, b l e u
P a p i e r h é l i o g r a p h i q u e à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , 50 m, n o i r
P a p i e r h é l i o g r a p h i q u e à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , 50 m, b l e u
Duplicateur à l'alcool, manuel
Duplicateur à l'alcool, électrique
Stencils hectographiques à l ' a l c o o l
Liquide pour duplicateur à l'alcool
F l u i d e de c o r r e c t i o n p o u r d u p l i c a t e u r à l ' a l c o o l
G r a v e u r é l e c t r o n i q u e de s t e n c i l s
Stencils électroniques pour g r a n d s t i r a g e s
Stencils électroniques pour petits t i r a g e s
Stylets pour g r a v e u r électronique
Filtre au carbone pour coupe-stencils
F l u i d e de c o r r e c t i o n p o u r s t e n c i l s é l e c t r o n i q u e s
Duplicateur à stencil
Encre p o u r d u p l i c a t e u r à s t e n c i l s - n o i r e
Encre pour d u p l i c a t e u r à stencils - rouge
Stencils pour machine à é c r i r e
F l u i d e de c o r r e c t i o n p o u r s t e n c i l s de m a c h i n e à é c r i r e
Stylet p o u r l ' é c r i t u r e s u r l e s s t e n c i l s
Sous-main p o u r s t e n c i l s
A p p a r e i l de r e p r o d u c t i o n offset
Unité de développement p o u r a p p a r e i l de r e p r o d u c t i o n offset
A p p a r e i l à d é v e l o p p e r l e s p l a q u e s offset m é t a l l i q u e s
Clicheur
M a t r i c e en p a p i e r - g r a n d s t i r a g e s
Matrice en p a p i e r - t i r a g e s moyens
Matrice en p a p i e r - p e t i t s t i r a g e s
Toner p o u r c l i c h e u r
-216-
115.6.33
115.6.34
115.6.35
115.6.36
115.6.37
115.6.38
115.6.39
115.6.40
115.6.41
115.6.42
115.6.43
115.6.44
115.6.45
115.6.46
R é v é l a t e u r de p l a q u e
Graveur à plaque
I m p r i m a n t e offset
I m p r i m a n t e offset à h a u t r e n d e m e n t
Solution d e m o u i l l a g e
Encre offset, n o i r e
E n c r e offset, v e r t e
E n c r e offset, b l e u e
E n c r e offset, r o u g e
Diluant pour vernis
Epaississeur pour vernis
L a v a g e de b l a n c h e t s et r o u l e a u x
R é g é n é r a t e u r de b l a n c h e t s
L i q u i d e à n e t t o y e r les m a i n s
115.
115.
115.
115.
115.
II5.7
115.7
II5.7.8
115..7 9
115..7 10
II5.7.II
II5.7.I2
II5.7.I3
II5.7.I4
115..7 15
115..7 16
115..7 17
115..7 18
115..7 19
115..7 20
115..7 21
115..7 22
115..7 23
115..7 24
115..7 25
115.7.25A
115, .26
115, .26A
115. .26B
115. .26C
115. .27
115, .27A
II5.7.28
P a p i e r p o u r m a c h i n e à é c r i r e - 45 grammes
P a p i e r p o u r m a c h i n e à é c r i r e - 70 grammes
P a p i e r p o u r m a c h i n e à é c r i r e - 80 grammes
Papier pour duplicateur, blanc
P a p i e r p o u r d u p l i c a t e u r , rose
Papier pour duplicateur, jaune-clair
Papier pour duplicateur, vert-clair
Papier pour duplicateur, bleu-clair
P a p i e r p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e , A4
P a p i e r p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e , A3
P a p i e r o f f s e t , 70 grammes
P a p i e r o f f s e t , 85 grammes
P a p i e r o f f s e t , 100 grammes
P a p i e r o f f s e t , 120 grammes
Papier universel
P a p i e r de c o u l e u r , rose
P a p i e r de c o u l e u r , j a u n e - c l a i r
P a p i e r de c o u l e u r , v e r t - c l a i r
P a p i e r de c o u l e u r , b l e u - c l a i r
Petit massicot
Massicot s u r p i e d s
Rogneuse à p a p i e r
Perforateur réglable
Perforateur automatique
Pince a g r a f e u s e
A g r a f e s - 6 mm
Pistolet a g r a f e u r
A g r a f e s - 4 mm
A g r a f e s - 8 mm
A g r a f e s - 14 mm
A g r a f e u s e - g r a n d modèle
A g r a f e s - 10 mm
A g r a f e u s e é l e c t r i q u e a u t o m a t i q u e - 3 mm
-217-
7.29
1.29k
7.29B
7-30
7.30A
7-30B
7-31
7.31A
7-32
7-32A
7-32B
7-32C
7-32D
7-32E
7.32F
7.32G
7-32H
7.321
7-32J
7-32K
7.32L
7.33
7.33A
7-33B
7-33C
7.33D
7.33E
7.33F
7-33G
7.33H
7.34
7.34A
7-35
7-35A
7.35B
7.36
7.36A
7.37
7.38
7-39
7.4O
115.8.1
115.8.2
115.8.3
115.8.4
115.8.5
115.8.6
A g r a f e u s e é l e c t r i q u e a u t o m a t i q u e - 16 mm
Agrafes - 12 mm
A g r a f e s - 16 mm
Agrafeuse à g r a n d rendement
Agrafes - 15 mm
A g r a f e s - 20 mm
Brocheuse é l e c t r i q u e à u n e t ê t e
A g r a f e s - 18 mm
Perfo-relieur
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 4 , 5 mm
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 6 mm
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 8 mm
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 9 , 5 mm
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 11 mm
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 12,5 mm
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 14 mm
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 15,5 mm
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 18 mm
P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 20 mm
Feuilles transparentes
Feuilles laminées
Thermo-relieur électrique
C o u v e r t u r e - 1 mm
C o u v e r t u r e - 3 mm
C o u v e r t u r e - 6 mm
C o u v e r t u r e - 9 mm
C o u v e r t u r e - 12 mm
C o u v e r t u r e - 15 mm
C o u v e r t u r e - 18 mm
C o u v e r t u r e - 21 mm
R e l i e u s e é l e c t r i q u e à colle
Colle p o u r r e l i e u s e
Machine à l a m i n e r p o u r f e u i l l e s A4
P l i e u s e s p l a s t i q u e s à l a m i n e r , A7
P l i e u s e s p l a s t i q u e s à l a m i n e r , A4
Laminoir à p l a s t i f i e r à rouleau
Rouleau de film t r a n s p a r e n t à p l a s t i f i e r
Plieuse à papier
Petite trieuse
Taqueuse
Trieuse automatique
Serviette
Valise
Horloge murale
Chronomètre
Corbeille à papier
Sacs en p l a s t i q u e
15 l i t r e s
-218-
.8.7
.8.8
.8.9
.8.10
.8.11
.8.12
.8.13
.8.14
.8.15
.8.16
.8.17
.8.18
.8.19
.8.20
.8.21
.8.22
.8.23
.8.24
.8.25
.8.26
.8.27
.8.28
.8.29
.8.30
.8.31
.8.32
.8.33
.8.34
.8.35
.8.36
.8.37
.8.38
.8.39
.8.40
.8.41
.8.42
.8.42A
.8.43
.8.43A
.8.44
.8.45
.8.46
.8.47
.8.48
.8.49
.8.50
.8.51
.8.52
.8.53
.8.54
.8.55
Poubelle à papier
Sacs en p l a s t i q u e - 40 l i t r e s
Chariot pour sacs en plastique
Chariot pour paquets
Escabeau à 3 marches
Escabeau à 6 marches
Trousse de secourisme
Brancard
Casque de sécurité
Casque de sécurité avec masque protecteur
Lunettes de protection
Protecteurs d ' o r e i l l e s
Tampons pour oreilles
Gants moyens de protection avec renforcement en plastique
Grands g a n t s de protection avec renforcement en plastique
Gants moyens de protection
Grands g a n t s de protection
Chaussures de sécurité
Petite combinaison de t r a v a i l
Combinaison de t r a v a i l moyenne
Grande combinaison de t r a v a i l
Ceinture de sécurité
Extincteur
classe
Extincteur
B, 2 kg
classe
Extincteur
B, 6 kg
classe
Extincteur
E, 2 kg
classe
Extincteur
classe B, E, 6 kg
Détecteur de fumée
Réchaud électrique de table - une plaque
Réchaud électrique de table - deux plaques
Réchaud à pétrole - un b r û l e u r
Réchaud à pétrole - deux b r û l e u r s
Bouilloire électrique
Ouvre-boites
Service de table en p l a s t i q u e
Lanterne à pétrole - type à pression
Manchon en soie
Lanterne à pétrole - type sans pression
Meches
Sac de couchage
Tente de couchage
Réfrigérateur - 60 l i t r e s
Réfrigérateur - 160 l i t r e s
Réfrigérateur avec congélateur
Boite réfrigérante
Glacière
Aspirateur
Ventilateur de b u r e a u
Ventilateur de plafond
Climatiseur - 2,5 KWh
Climatiseur - 3,2 KWH
-219-
115.8.56
115.8.57
115.8.57 A
115.8.58
115.8.59
115.8.60
115.8.61
115.8.62
115.8.63
115.8.64
115.8.65
115.8.66
115.8.67
115.8.68
115.8.69
115.8.70
115.8.71
115.8.72
115.8.73
115.8.74
Radiateur ventilateur
Radiateur à pétrole
Mèches
Torche électrique
Groupe électrogêne 300 W
Groupe électrogéne 1500 W
Stabilisateur de tension - 1000 W
Stabilisateur de tension - 2000 W
Pile s t a n d a r d type R6 (IEC)
Pile alcaline type R6 (IEC)
Batterie rechargeable R6 (IEC)
Chargeur universel pour b a t t e r i e s
Pile s t a n d a r d RU (IEC)
Pile alcaline RU (IEC)
Batterie rechargeable RU (IEC)
Pile s t a n d a r d R20 (IEC)
P u e alcaline R20 (IEC)
Batterie rechargeable R20 (IEC)
Pile s t a n d a r d 6F-22 (IEC)
Pile alcaline 6F-22 (IEC)
-220-
INDICE ESPAÑOL
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.
115.1.8
115.1.9
115.1.10
115.1. 11
115.1. 12
115.1. 13
115.1.H
115.1.15
115.1.16
115.1.17
115.1.18
115.1.19
115.1.20
115.1.21
115.1.22
115.1.23
115.1.24
115.1.25
115.1.26
115.1.27
115.1.28
115.1. 29
115.1. 29A
115.1.30
115.1.31
115.1.32
115.1.33
115.1.34
115.1.35
115.1.36
115.1.37
115.1.38
115.1.39
115.1.40
115.1.40A
115.1.41
115.1.41A
115.1.42
115.1.42A
115.1.42B
115.1.42C
115.1.43
115.1.44
115.1.45
115.1.46
115.1.47
(Por o r d e n
numerico)
Proyector portátil p a r a t r a n s p a r e n c i a s
P r o y e c t o r e s t a c i o n a r i o de p r o y e c c i ó n a l t a
P r o y e c t o r de p r o y e c c i ó n a l t a con a c c e s o r i o p a r a r o l l o s
C a r r o p a r a p r o y e c t o r e s de p r o y e c c i ó n a l t a
P r e p a r a d o r de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s
Juego de p r e p a r a c i ó n de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s t a m a ñ o medio
Juego de p r e p a r a c i ó n de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s t a m a ñ o g r a n d e
Transparencias para escribir
Transparencias térmicas - transparente
Transparencias térmicas - azul
T r a n s p a r e n c i a s térmicas - rojo
Transparencias térmicas - verde
Transparencias térmicas - amarillo
Rollo de a c e t a t o
Hojas de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s c u a d r i c u l a d a s
Marcos de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s
Marcos de montaje
Marcos de p r e s e n t a c i ó n de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s
L a p i c e s de m a r e a j e - p e r m a n e n t e
L a p i c e s de m a r e a j e - h i d r o s o l u b l e
Borrador p a r a t r a n s p a r e n c i a s
Compas p a r a t r a n s p a r e n c i a s
Juego de l a p i c e s de m a r e a j e
P r o y e c t o r de d i a p o s i t i v a s y b a n d a de p e l í c u l a
P r o y e c t o r de d i a p o s i t i v a s
Bandeja p a r a diapositivas
P r o y e c t o r sonoro p o r t á t i l de d i a p o s i t i v a s
P r o y e c t o r sonoro de d i a p o s i t i v a s
P r o y e c t o r de d i a p o s i t i v a s de c a r r o u s e l
B a n d e j a c a r r o u s e l de d i a p o s i t i v a s
I n d i c a d o r luminoso
Magnetofono de c a s s e t t e s p o r t á t i l
Monturas p a r a d i a p o s i t i v a s
Termo-diapositiva
Diapositivas negras
E s c o b i l l a de d i m p i e z a con f u e l l e
Lápiz indicador
L i m p i a d o r de p a n t a l l a
Proyector opaco
C á m a r a de c i n e , s o n o r o , 8 mm
P r o y e c t o r de c i n e , s o n o r o , 8 mm
C a r r e t e v a c i o p a r a p e l í c u l a de 8 mm
P r o y e c t o r de c i n e , 16 mm
Objetivo anamórfico
P r o y e c t o r de c i n e , 16 mm, con r e g i s t r a d o r
C a r r e t e v a c i o p a r a p e l í c u l a de 16 mm, 650 metros
C a r r e t e v a c i o p a r a p e l í c u l a de 16 mm, 350 metros
C a r r e t e v a c i o p a r a p e l í c u l a de 16 mm, 250 metros
Altavoz g r a n d e
E m p a l m a d o r a y cemento p a r a p e l í c u l a
Juego de r e b o b i n a j e
P a n t a l l a de p r o y e c c i ó n - p a r e d / t e c h o
P a n t a l l a de p r o y e c c i ó n - p o r t á t i l
-221
115.1.48
115.1.49
115.1.50
115.1.50A
115.1.50B
II5.I.5OC
115.1.51
115.1.52
115.1.53
115.1.54
115.1.55
115.1.56
II5.1.56A
115.1.57
115.1.58
115.1.59
115.1.60
II5.I.6OA
115.1.61
115.1.61A
115.1.61B
II5.I.6IC
115.1.61D
115.1.61E
115.1.61F
115.1.61G
115.1.61H
II5.I.6II
115-1.62
115.1.63
115.1.64
115.1.65
115.1.66
115.1.67
115-1.68
115.1.69
115.1.70
115.1.71
115.1.72
115.1.73
115.1.74
115.1.75
115.1.76
115.1.77
115.1.78
115.1.79
115.1.80
115.1.81
115.1.82
115.1.83
Caballete p a r a proyección
Carro p a r a proyección
Sistema de video cassette color p o r t á t i l
Batería
Mezclador
Microfono, p a r a video
Tripode p a r a cámara de video
Juego de iluminación p o r t á t i l
Video cassette, 60 minutos
Video cassette, 120 minutos
Video cassette, 180 minutos
Grabador de video cassette estacionario
Cámara de video
Monitor de TV (estacionario)
Monitor de TV (portátil)
Cámara automatica de vista fija
Cámara polaroid
Paquetes películas polaroid
Camera de vista fija - tipo reflex
Juego de p i l a s p a r a cámara de v i s t a fija
Filtro, azul-cielo UV
Filtro, amarillo Yl
Filtro, amarillo Y3
Filtro, n a r a n j a 01
Filtro, rojo Rl
Filtro, verde Gl
Filtro, g r i s NDY
Filtro, gris ND8
Objetivo, g r a n a n g u l a r
Teleobjetivo
Objetivo zoom 25-50 mm
Objetivo zoom 35-70 mm
Objetivo zoom 80-200 mm
Flash
Bolsa p a r a accesorios
Tripode
Pie de copia
Fuelle automatico
Objetivo p a r a primer plano
Copiador de diapositivas
Luz de reflector
Película p a r a inversion de color - b a n d a magnetica
luz n a t u r a l
Película p a r a inversion de color - b a n d a magnetica
luz artificial
Película blanco/negro, 125 ASA
Película blanco/negro, 400 ASA
Película color - luz n a t u r a l , 100 ASA
Película color - luz n a t u r a l , 400 ASA
Película color - luz n a t u r a l , 64-125 ASA
Juego basico p a r a cámara obscura
Juego p a r a revelado negativos blanco/negro
-222-
115-1.84
115.1.85
115.1.86
115.1.87
115.1.88
115.1.89
115.1.90
115.1.91
115.1.92
115.1.93
115.1.94
115.1.95
115.1.96
115-1.96A
H5.I.96B
115.1.97
115.1.98
115.1.99
115.1.100
115.1.101
115.1.102
115.1.102A
115-1.103
115.1.103A
115.1.104
115.1.105
115-1.106
115.1.107
115-1.108
115.1.109
115.1.110
115.1.111
115.1.112
115.1.113
Juego p a r a revelado negativos color
Juego de revelado inversion color
Aparato de musica estereo
Radio cassette estereo
Magnetofono de cassettes p o r t á t i l
Microfono
Auriculares
Cassettes, 60 minutos
Cassettes, 90 minutos
Cassettes, 120 minutos
Copiadora de cassettes
Cassette p a r a desmagnetización
Consola p r i n c i p a l de control p a r a laboratorio de idiomas
Magnetofono de cassettes p a r a estudiante de lab de idiomas
Cabina de estudiante p a r a laboratorio de idiomas
Pupitre de conferenciante con sistema de altavoces
Sistema de altavoces
Tripode p a r a micrófono
Micrófono, electrodinámico
Amplificador p o r t á t i l
Aparato pasadiscos video
Disco(s) video
Aparato pasadiscos audio d i g i t a l
Disco(s) audio d i g i t a l ( e s )
Disco(s) p a r a la enseñanza
Audio-cassette(s) p a r a la enseñanza
Video-cassettes p a r a la enseñanza
Juego(s) de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s OHP p a r a l a enseñanza
Juego(s) de d i a p o s i t i v a s p a r a la enseñanza
Pelicula(s) de 8 mm color p a r a la enseñanza
Pelicula(s) de 8 mm blanco/negro p a r a la enseñanza
Pelicula(s) de 16 mm en color p a r a la enseñanza
Pelicula(s) de 16 mm blanco/negro p a r a la enseñanza
Tiras de película p a r a la enseñanza
115-2.1
115-2.2
115.2.3
115.2.4
115.2.5
115.2.5A
115-2.6
115.2.6A
115.2.7
115.2.8
115.2.9
115.2.10
115.2.11
115.2.12
115.2.13
115.2.14
Juego basico oficina
Lapices, mina HB
Lapices, mina B
Lapices, mina H
Lápiz mecánico - 0,5 mm
Minas - 0,5 mm
Lápiz mecánico - 2 mm
Minas - 2 mm
Bolígrafo, azul
Bolígrafo, negro
Bolígrafo, rojo
Estilográfica de bola, azul
Estilográfica de bola, negro
Estilográfica de bola, rojo
Pluma fuente
Juego de rotuladores de punta de fieltro - fina
-223-
115.2.15
115.2.16
115.2.17
115.2.18
115.2.19
115.2.20
115.2.21
115.2.22
115.2.23
115-2.24
115.2.25
115.2.26
115.2.27
115.2.28
115.2.29
115.2.30
115.2.31
115.2.32
115.2.33
115.2.34
115.2.35
115.2.36
115.2.37
115.2.38
115.2.39
115.2.40
115.2.41
115.2.42
115.2.43
115.2.44
115.2.45
115.2.46
115.2.47
115.2.48
115.2.49
115.2.50
115.2.51
115.2.52
115.2.53
115.2.54
115.2.55
115.2.56
115.2.57
115.2.58
115.2.59
115.2.60
115.2.61
115.2.62
115.2.63
115.2.64
115.2.65
115.2.66
Juego de rotuladores de punta de fieltro - media
Juego de rotuladores de p u n t a de fieltro - gruesa
Juego de marcadores
Juego de tizas
Juego de lapices de colores
Sacapuntas - pequeño
Sacapuntas - plastico
Sacapuntas - tipo de escritorio
Sacapuntas lápiz plomo
Borrador - blando
Borrador - doble c a r a
Borrador - duro
Borrador - plastico
Cuchilla de borrado
Lápiz borrador
Almohadilla p a r a sello
Tinta p a r a almohadilla - negra
Tinta p a r a almohadilla - roja
Estampilla de fecha
Estampilla de numeración
Porta-tampones
Juego de pinceles - a c u a r e l a
Juego de pinceles - colores p a r a carteles
Juego de pinceles - oleo
Bandeja p a r a p i n t u r a s
Juego de a c u a r e l a s
Juego de colores p a r a carteles
Blanco de zinc
Pintura p a r a p u l v e r i z a r
Juego de p i n t u r a s al oleo
Juego p a r a p i n t a r al oleo
Caballete p a r a pintores
Juego de a r c i l l a p a r a modelaje
Escayola
Juego p a r a impresión lino
Juego p a r a tintado b a t i k
Juego de etiquetas a u t o - a d h e s i v a s
Juego de etiquetas de color
Letras-etiquetas
Números-etiquetas
Hojas auto-adhesivas
Archivadores
Índice A-Z
Índice 1-31
índice 1-52
Aretes de refuerzo
Portadocumentos de plastico perforados
Carpeta de plastico
Archivadores de plastico
Archivador de carton
Bloc de notas - r a y a d o , A5
Bloc de notas - r a y a d o , A4
-224-
115-2.67
115.2.68
115.2.69
115.2.70
115.2.71
115.2.72
115.2.73
115.2.74
115.2.75
115.2.76
115.2.77
115.2.78
115.2.79
115.2.80
115.2.81
115.2.82
115.2.83
115.2.84
115.2.85 ,
115-2.86
115.2.87
115.2.88
115.2.89
115.2.89A
115.2.90
115.2.91
115.2.92
115-2.93
115.2.94
115.2.95
115.2.96
115.2.97
115.2.98
115.2.99
115-2.100
115.2.101
115.2.102
115.2.103
115.2.104
115-2.105
115.2.106
115.2.107
115.2.108
115.2.109
115.2.110
115.2.111
115.2.112
115.2.113
115.2.114
115.2.115
115.2.116
115.2.117
Bloc de notas - c u a d r i c u l a d o , A5
Bloc de notas - c u a d r i c u l a d o , A4
Bloc p a r a t a q u i g r a f í a
Bloc de apuntes
Cuaderno de ejercicios - r a y a d o , A5
Cuaderno de ejercicios - r a y a d o , A4
Cuaderno de ejercicios - c u a d r i c u l a d o , A5
Cuaderno de ejercicios - c u a d r i c u l a d o , A4
Libro de apuntes
Bloc de escritorio
Guardaobjetos de escritorio - pequeño
Guardaobjetos de escritorio - grande
Sujeta-libros
Bloc cubico de papel p a r a notas
índice telefonico
Lupa
Cuchilla c o r t a - p a p e l e s
Tijeras de oficina - 125 mm
Tijeras de oficina - 200 mm
J^iego de dedales de goma
Perforadora de papel - 2 mm
Perforadora de papel - 5 mm
Grapadora - pequeña
G r a p a s , 6 mm
Cosedora
Quita-grapas
Sujeta-papeles, 25 mm
Sujeta-papeles, 45 mm
Sujeta-papeles, 80 mm
Vasija p a r a sujeta-papeles
Pinzas
Sujetador de pape y sobre
Chincheta
Juego de chinchetas p a r a mapa
Cinta a d h e s i v a t r a n s p a r e n t e
Cinta a d h e s i v a magica
Distribuidor de escritorio de cinta adhesiva
Distribuidor manual de cinta adhesiva
Cinta de t a p a r
Cinta p a r a sellaje de cajas
Distribuidor de cinta
Juego cinta textil
Aparato p a r a unir bordes
Cinta p a r a unir bordes
Pegamento p a r a todo uso
Pegamento de aplicación multiple
Pegamento p a r a papel - b a r r a
Pegamento p a r a papel - esparcible
Pegamento de caucho
Relleno de pegamento de caucho
Pegamento de 2 componentes
J u e g ° de b a n d a s e l á s t i c a s
-225-
115-2.118
115.2.119
115.2.120
115-2.121
II5.2.I22
115-2.123
115.2.124
115.2.125
115.2.126
115.2.127
115.2.128
115.2.129
115.2.130
115.2.131
115.2.132
115.2.133
115.2.134
115.2.135
115.2.136
115-2.137
115.2.138
115.2.139
115.2.140
115.2.141
115-2.142
115.2.143
115.2.144
115-2.145
115.2.146
115.2.147
115.2.148
115.2.149
115.2.150
115.2.151
115.2.152
115.2.153
115.2.154
115-2.155
115.2.156
115.2.157
115.2.158
115.2.159
115.2.160
115.2.161
115.2.162
Cuerda - gruesa
Cuerda - delgada
Cuchilla de recorte - de hoja r e t i r able
Cuchilla de recorte - pesada
Sobres - comerciales, C6
Sobres - comerciales, E65
Sobres - correo aereo
Sobres - fuertes, C5
Sobres - fuertes, C4
Bolsas p a r a muestra, 125x290 mm
Bolsas p a r a muestra, 250x425 mm
Bolsas almohadilladas, 120x250 mm
Bolsas almohadilladas, 260x400 mm
Esponja
Humedecedor
Cartones, 350x250x250 mm
Cartones, 480x330x240 mm
Balanza
Pesadora de c a r t a s
Pesadora de paquetes
Bandeja p a r a escritorio - corta
Bandeja p a r a escritorio - l a r g a
Armario
Bandeja p a r a formularios
Caja p a r a g u a r d a r artículos
Caja p a r a g u a r d a r información
Clasificador
Caja archivadora
Caja indice t a r j e t a s , A5
Caja indice t a r j e t a s , A6
índice alfabetico t a r j e t a s , A5
índice alfabetico t a r j e t a s , A6
Índice numerico t a r j e t a s , A5
índice numerico t a r j e t a s , A6
Tarjetas - r a y a d a s , A5
Tarjetas - r a y a d a s , A6
Sistema de control de stock
Carpetas clasificadoras s u s p e n d i d a s , A4
Carpetas clasificadoras s u s p e n d i d a s , folio
Stand p a r a almacenaje de a r c h i v a d o r e s
Stand móvil p a r a almacenaje de archivadores
Armario a r c h i v a d o r , p a r a A4
Armario a r c h i v a d o r , p a r a folio
Clasificadora suspendida p a r a c a r r i l
Carril p a r a clasificadoras s u s p e n d i d a s
115.3.1
115.3.2
115.3-3
II5.3.4
Maquina
Maquina
Maquina
Maquina
de
de
de
de
escribir
escribir
escribir
escribir
portátil,
portátil,
portátil,
portátil,
-226-
manual,
manual,
manual,
manual,
inglesa,
inglesa,
francesa,
francesa,
240 mm
330 mm
240 mm
330 mm
.3-5
.3-6
.3-7
.3-8
.3-9
.3.10
.3.II
.3.12
.3.13
.3.14
• 3.15
.3.I6
.3-17
.3-18
.3.19
.3-20
.3.2I
.3-22
.3.25
.3.26
.3.27
.3-28
• 3.29
.3.30
.3-31
• 3-32
.3.33
• 3.34
.3.35
.3.36
• 3.37
.3.38
• 3.39
.3.40
.3.41
.3.42
.3.43
.3.44
• 3.45
.3.46
.3.47
.3.48
• 3.48A
• 3.49
Maquina de e s c r i b i r p o r t á t i l , manual, especial, 240 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r p o r t á t i l , manual, especial, 330 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, inglesa, 330 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, inglesa, 380 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, inglesa, 46O mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, francesa, 330 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, francesa, 380 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, francesa, 460 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, especial, 330 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, especial, 380 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, especial, 46O mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, i n g l e s a , 360 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, francesa, 360 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, especial, 360 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, i n g l e s a , 420 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, francesa, 420 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, especial, 420 mm
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, inglesa l e t r a grande
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a m a n u a l , f r a n c e s a
letra erande
Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a m a n u a l , e s p e c i a l
l e t r a grande
Cinta de maquina de e s c r i b i r n e g r a
Cinta de maquina de e s c r i b i r r o j a / n e g r a
Cinta de maquina de e s c r i b i r t i p o c a r t u c h o
Juego de liquido corrector
Rollo de papel corrector
Hojas correctoras
Cinta correctora
Limpia-letras
Papel carbon - mecanografía
Papel carbon - e s c r i t u r a a mano
Stand p a r a manuscrito
Stand p a r a manuscrito - eléctrico
Lampara de escritorio - fluorescente .
Lampara de escritorio - incandescente
Mesa p a r a maquina de e s c r i b i r
Magnetofono de bolsillo
Dictáfono
Microcassette
Maquina de t r a n s c r i b i r
Calculadora de bolsillo
standard
Calculadora de bolsillo
solar
Calculadora de bolsillo
científica
Calculadora de bolsillo - programable
Calculadora - impresora
Rollos de papel ( p a r a 115.3-48)
Calculadora de oficina
• 3.49A
.3.50
.3.50A
Rollos de p a p e l ( p a r a 115-3.49)
Lector de m i c r o f i c h a s
Bombilla p a r a l e c t o r de m i c r o f i c h a s
.3.23
.3.24
-227-
115- 3- 51
115-3-51A
115-3-51B
115-3.51C
115-3.52
115-3.52A
115-3.52B
115-3.52C
H5-3-52D
115-3.52E
Lector de m i c r o f i c h a s - i m p r e s o r
Bombilla p a r a l e c t o r de m i c r o f i c h a s - i m p r e s o r
P a p e l de c o p i a r
Pigmento c o l o r a n t e ( p a r a 115-3-50)
D u p l i c a d o r de m i c r o f i c h a s
Bombillas p a r a d u p l i c a d o r de m i c r o f i c h a s
Film p o s i t i v o
Film n e g a t i v o
Banda-titulo, blanca
Banda-titulo, negra
115.4.1
115.4.2
II5.A-3
115.4.4
115.4.5
115.4.6
115.4.7
115.4.8
115.4.9
115-4-10
115-4-11
II5.4.I2
115-4-13
115.4.14
115.4.15
115.4.16
115.4.17
115.4.18
115.4.19
115-4-20
115-4-21
115-4-22
115-4-23
115.4.24
115.4.25
115.4.26
115.4.27
115.4.28
115.4.29
115.4.30
115-4-31
II5.4.32
115-4-33
115-4-34
115-4.35
115-4.36
II5.4.37
115-4.38
II5.4.39
Juego de compases
Compas - j u e g o a u t o m a t i c o
Compas de b a r a
J u e g o de i n s t r u m e n t o s de d i b u j o - p e q u e ñ o
Juego de i n s t r u m e n t o s de d i b u j o - t a m a ñ o medio
Regla - m a d e r a
Regla - p l a s t i c o , 300 mm
Regla - p l a s t i c o , 500 mm
E s c u a d r a - T , 500 mm
E s c u a d r a - T , 700 mm
Escala-triangulo, A
Escala-triangulo, B
Escala-triangulo, C
Regla f l e x i b l e
C i n t a de medir
Regla de medir
Regla p l e g a b l e
Triangulo"", 90-60-30
T r i a n g u l o , 90-45-45
Triangulo ajustable
Goniómetro
Plantilla para curvas
Plantilla - circuios
P l a n t i l l a - r a d i o s , 500 mm
P l a n t i l l a - r a d i o s , 40 mm
Plantilla - triángulos
Plantilla - cuadrados
P l a n t i l l a - simbolos c o m b i n a d o s
Plantilla - cuadrografo
Plantilla - elipses - isometrico
Plantilla - elipses - diametrico
Plantilla - flechas
Plantillas - ingeniería civil
Plantillas - ingeniería eléctrica
Plantilla - curvas sinusoidales
Plantillas - electrónica
P l a n t i l l a - simbolos de m e c á n i c a
Plantilla - radios y tuercas
P a p e l de d i b u j o , A4
-228-
.4. 40
.4- 41
• 4 - 42
.4. 43
.4. 44
.4. 45
4.46
.4. 47
.4. 48
49
50
51
52
4.53
4.54
4.55
4.56
.4.57
4.58
4.59
4.60
.4.61
.4.62
4.63
4.64
4.65
4.66
67
68
69
70
• 71
72
72A
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
.80
,81
.4.82
.4.83
.4.84
• 4.85
.4.86
• 4.87
.4.88
• 4.89
.4.90
P a p e l de d i b u j o , A3
P a p e l de d i b u j o , r o l l o s
P a p e l de d i b u j o t r a n s p a r e n t e , A4
P a p e l de d i b u j o t r a n s p a r e n t e , A3
P a p e l de d i b u j o t r a n s p a r e n t e , r o l l o s
P a p e l m i l i m e t r a d o , A4
P a p e l m i l i m e t r a d o , A3
Papel milimetrado, rollos
P a p e l de d i b u j o c u a d r i c u l a d o , A4
P a p e l de d i b u j o c u a d r i c u l a d o , A3
P a p e l de d i b u j o p e r s p e c t i v a A4
P a p e l de d i b u j o p e r s p e c t i v a A3
Papel logaritmico, sencillo
P a p e l l o g a r i t m i c o , doble
P e l í c u l a de d i b u j o , A4
P e l í c u l a de d i b u j o , A3
P e l í c u l a de d i b u j o , r o l l o s
C u b i e r t a de p l a s t i c o
Papel plastico
Juego s t y l e t
Bloc de c o r t e
Peso de d i b u j o
Escobilla quitapolvo
Tablero p a r a escribir
T a b l e r o de d i b u j o , A4
T a b l e r o de d i b u j o , A3
C a b e z a l p a r a goniometro
Mesa l i g e r a - d i b u j o
Mecanismo de d i b u j o
T a b l e r o de d i b u j o - modelo de m e s a ,
T a b l e r o de d i b u j o - modelo de m e s a ,
T a b l e r o de d i b u j o - e d u c a c i o n a l
T a b l e r o de d i b u j o - uso p r o f e s i o n a l
Accesorio i s o m e t r i c o de d i b u j o
S u j e t a d o r de d i b u j o
Soporte de p a r e d p a r a d i b u j o s
Stand p a r a d i b u j o s - c o n s o l a
Stand p a r a d i b u j o s - s o b r e s u e l o
Armario de d i b u j o
3 j u e g o s de t i n t a de d i b u j o
8 j u e g o s de t i n t a de d i b u j o
T i n t a de d i b u j o
Liquido limpiador
T a z a p a r a l i m p i e z a de t i n t a
Plantilla p a r a l e t r a s - tipo vertical
Plantilla para letras
tipo vertical,
Plantilla para letras
tipo vertical,
Plantilla para letras
tipo vertical,
tipo vertical,
Plantilla para letras
tipo vertical,
Plantilla para letras
Plantilla p a r a letras - tipo vertical
Plantilla p a r a letras - tipo vertical
-229-
A2
Al
1,8 mm
2,5 mm
3,5 mm
5,0 mm
7,0 mm
10,0 mm
14,0 mm
20,0 mm
115
115
115
115
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115
115
115
115
115
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115.4
115
115
115
115
115
115.4
115.4
115.4
115
115
115
115
115.4
115.4
115
115
115
115
115
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
121A
122
122A
122B
122C
122D
122E
122F
122G
122H
123
123A
123B
123C
123D
124
125
126
127
128
129
P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 1,8 mm
P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 2 , 5 mm
P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 3,5 mm
P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 5,0 mm
P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 7,0 mm
P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 10,0 mm
P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 14,0 mm
P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 20,0 mm
Plantilla
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e x t r a - l i g e r a s , 28pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e x t r a - l i g e r a s , 36pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e x t r a - l i g e r a s , 42pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o medio, 28pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o medio, 36pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o medio, 42pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a t r a z o , 36pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a t r a z o , 42pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a i t á l i c a s , 28pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n í a i t á l i c a s , 36pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a i t á l i c a s , 42pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o c a r g a d o , 28pt
L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o c a r g a d o , 36pt
L e t r a s y números de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o c a r g a d o , 42pt
L i n e a s de c a l c o m a n i a
Símbolos de c a l c o m a n i a
F l e c h a s de c a l c o m a n i a
C i r c u i o s con n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a
Espátula para calcomanías
Hojas de t r a m a de c a l c o m a n i a - 50%
Hojas de t r a m a de c a l c o m a n i a - 70%
Juego de m a q u i n a de l e t r a j e
Cinta t r a n s p a r e n t e
P r e n s a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 y 9 mm
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 mm, a z u l
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 mm, n e g r a
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 mm, r o j a
Cinta de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 mm, v e r d e
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 9 mm, a z u l
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 9 mm, n e g r a
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 9 mm, r o j a
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 9 mm, v e r d e
P r e n s a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e
9 y 12 mm
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 12 mm, a z u l
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 12 mm, n e g r a
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 12 mm, r o j a
C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 12 mm, v e r d e
L e t r e r o s , WC
Letreros, caballeros
Letreros, señoras
L e t r e r o s , s i l l o n de r u e d a s
Letreros, entrada
Letreros, salida
-230-
115.4.130
115.4.131
115.4.132
115.4.133
115.4.134
115.4.135
115.4.136
115.4.137
115.4.138
115.4.139
115.4.140
115.4.141
115.4.142
115.4.143
115.4.144
II5.4.I44A
115.4.144B
II5.4.I44C
H5.4.I44D
115.4.145
Letreros, empuje
Letreros, t i r e
Letreros, estacionamiento/aparcamiento
Letreros, g u a r d a r r o p a
Letreros, ascensor
Letreros, telefono
Letreros, personal solamente
Letreros, aseos
Letreros, agua
Letreros, p a p e l e r a
Letreros, flecha-izquierda
Letreros, flecha-derecha
Letreros, flecha h a c i a a r r i b a
Letreros, flecha hacia abajo
Maquina de estampado de signos en relieve
Cinta p a r a estampado en relieve - 19 mm, azul
Cinta p a r a estampado en relieve - 19 mm, negra
Cinta p a r a estampado en relieve - 19 mm, roja
Cinta p a r a estampado en relieve - 19 mm, verde
Sujetador de letrero
115.5.1
115.5.2
115.5.3
115.5.4
115.5.5
115.5.6
115.5.7
115.5.8
115.5.9
115.5.10
115.5.11
115.5.12
115.5.13
115.5.14
115.5.15
115.5.16
115.5.17
115.5.18
115.5.19
115.5.20
115.5.21
115.5.22
115.5.23
115.5.24
115.5.25
115.5.26
115.5.27
115-5.28
115-5.29
P i z a r r a p a r a tiza
P i z a r r a con superficie metálica
P i z a r r a sobre caballete
Juego de instrumentos p a r a p i z a r r a
Tiza - b l a n c a
Tiza - de color
Limpia-pizarra
Pupitre de conferenciante con blocs de papel
Bloc de p a p e l p a r a pupitre de conferenciante
Juego de marcadores de punta de fieltro
Juego de símbolos magnéticos
Hojas magnéticas
Juego de marcadores p a r a tablero blanco
Almohadilla limpiadora
Botones magnéticos
Pupitre de conferenciante con tablero blanco
Tablero blanco
Tabla de planificación, semanas 1-53
Tabla de planificación, enero-diciembre
Tabla recubierta de franela
Tablero de planificación
Tablero de anuncios
Armario p a r a deposito de llaves
Placa g u a r d a - l l a v e s
Stand p a r a archivador
Armario ropero
Armario de oficina
Caja p a r a pequeños valores
Caja fuerte p a r a artículos de valoz
-231-
115.5.30
115.5.31
115.5.32
115.5.33
115.5.34
115.5.35
115.5.36
115.5.37
115.5.38
115.5.39
115.5.40
115.5.41
115.5.42
115.5.43
115.5.44
115.5.45
115.5.46
115.5.47
115.5.48
115.5.49
115.5.50
115.5.51
115.5.52
Caja fuerte de seguridad
Maquina desfibradora
Lampara de escritorio
Lampara fluorescente de escritorio
Lampara con lupa
Mesa de escritorio con mesilla anexa
Mesa de escritorio
Estantería p a r a libros
Armario pequeño
Estante de oficina
Silla de oficina
Silla de oficina con brazo
Silla de alumno
Silla - apilable
Silla con tablero p a r a e s c r i b i r
Silla p a r a s a l a de conferencias
Banquillo
Pupitre de estudiante - sencillo
Pupitre de estudiante - doble
Mesa - portátil
Mesa p a r a s a l a de conferencias
Armario p a r a sala de conferencias
Espejo - con cuadro
115.6.1
115.6.1A
115.6.2
II5.6.2A
II5.6.2B
115.6.2C
115.6.3
115.6.3A
II5.6.3B
II5.6.3C
115.6.4
II5.6.4A
115.6.4B
115.6.5
115.6.5A
115-6.5B
115.6.6
115.6.7
115.6.8
115.6.9
115.6.10
115.6.11
115.6.12
115.6.13
115.6.13A
115.6.14
Fotocopiadora - pequeña
Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115-6.1) (toner)
Fotocopiadora - tamaño medio
Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115-6.2)
Juego de piezas de repuesto p a r a servicio (para 115.6.2)
Pedestal p a r a fotocopiadora - tamaño medio
Fotocopiadora - tamaño g r a n d e
Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115-6.3)
Juego de piezas de repuesto p a r a servicio (para 115.6.3)
Pedestal p a r a fotocopiadora tamaño grande
Fotocopiadora - tamaño g r a n d e con clasificadora
Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115.6.4)
Juego de piezas p a r a servicio ( p a r a 115.6.4)
Fotocopiadora - tamaño g r a n d e , a l t a velocidad
Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115.6-5)
Juego de piezas p a r a servicio ( p a r a 115.6.5)
Etiquetas con dirección p a r a fotocopiadora, 70x36 mm
Etiquetas con dirección p a r a fotocopiadora, 195x36 mm
Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, t r a n s p a r e n t e s
Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, azules
Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, rojos
Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, verdes
Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, amarillos
Maquina copiadora de amonia
Revelador (para 115-6.13)
Centro copiador de amonia
-232-
115.6.UA
115.6.15
115.6.16
115.6.17
115.6.18
115.6.19
115.6.20
115.6.21
115.6.22
115.6.23
115.6.24
115.6.24A
II5.6.24B
II5.6.24C
115.6.24D
II5.6.24E
115.6.25
115.6.25A
115.6.25B
115.6.26
115.6.26A
115.6.26B
115.6.26C
115.6.27
115.6.27A
115.6.27B
115.6.28
115.6.29
115.6.30
115.6.31
115.6.32
115.6.33
115.6.34
115.6.35
115.6.36
115.6.37
115.6.38
115.6.39
115.6.40
115.6.41
115.6.42
115.6.43
115.6.44
115.6.45
115.6.46
Revelador ( p a r a 115.6.14)
Papel de copia de amonia, 30 m, negro
Papel de copia de amonia, 30 m, azul
Papel de copia de amonia, 50 m, negro
Papel de copia de amonia, 50 m, azul
Duplicador a alcohol, manual
Duplicador a alcohol, eléctrico
P l a n t i l l a s de papel carbonico, alcohol
Liquido p a r a duplicador a alcohol
Liquido corrector p a r a duplicador a alcohol
Cortador electrónico de p l a n t i l l a s
Electro-plantillas l a r g a tirada
E l e c t r o - p l a n t i l l a s , corta t i r a d a
Estiletes p a r a cortador electrónico de p l a n t i l l a s
Filtro de carbon p a r a cortador de p l a n t i l l a s
Liquido corrector p a r a e l e c t r o - p l a n t i l l a s
Multicopista de p l a n t i l l a s
Tinta p a r a p l a n t i l l a s , negra
Tinta p a r a p l a n t i l l a s , roja
P l a n t i l l a s p a r a mecanografia
Liquido corrector p a r a p l a n t i l l a s de mecanografia
Pluma p a r a p l a n t i l l a s
Bloc de p l a n t i l l a s
Cámara de proceso
Unidad de revelado p a r a cámara de proceso
Unidad de revelado p a r a planchas metálicas
Maquina de h a c e r p l a n c h a s
Planchas de p a p e l , t i r a d a l a r g a
Planchas de p a p e l , t i r a d a media
Planchas de p a p e l , corta t i r a d a
Pigmento p a r a p l a n c h a s
Revelador p a r a p l a n c h a s
Rabado de p l a n c h a
Multicopista offset
Multicopista offset - alto rendimiento
Liquido mojador
Tinta offset, negra
Tinta offset, verde
Tinta offset, azul
Tinta offset, roja
Barniz diluyente
Barniz espesador
Lavado de rodillo y plancha
Restaurador de p l a n c h a
Limpiamanos
115.7.1
115.7.2
115.7.3
115.7.4
Papel
Papel
Papel
Papel
p a r a mecanografia - 45 gm2
p a r a mecanografia - 70 gm2
p a r a mecanografia - 80 gm2
p a r a duplicador
-233-
.7.5
.7.6
.7.7
.7.8
.7.9
.7.10
.7.11
.7.12
.7.13
.7.I4
.7.15
,7.16
.7.17
.7.18
.7.19
.7.20
.7.21
.7.22
.7.23
.7.24
.7.25
• 7.25A
.7.26
.7.26A
7.26B
7.26C
.7. 27
.7. 27A
.7. 28
.7. 29
.7. 29A
.7. 29B
.7. 30
.7. 30A
,7. 30B
.7. 31
7.31A
.7. 32
.7. 32A
.7. 32B
.7. 32C
.7. 32D
.7. 32E
.7. 32F
.7. 32G
.7. 32H
.7. 321
7.32J
• 7.32K
• 7.32L
• 7.33
.7.33A
P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a de c o l o r , r o s a d o
P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a de c o l o r , a m a r i l l o c l a r o
P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a de c o l o r , v e r d e c l a r o
P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a de c o l o r , a z u l c l a r o
P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a , A4
P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a , A3
P a p e l p a r a i m p r e n t a offset, 70 gm2
P a p e l p a r a i m p r e n t a offset, 85 gm2
P a p e l p a r a i m p r e n t a offset, 100 gm2
P a p e l p a r a i m p r e n t a o f f s e t , 120 gm2
P a p e l de uso m u l t i p l e
P a p e l de c o l o r , r o s a d o
P a p e l de c o l o r , a m a r i l l o c l a r o
P a p e l de c o l o r , v e r d e c l a r o
P a p e l de c o l o r , a z u l c l a r o
Corta-papel - pequeña
C o r t a - p a p e l con s o p o r t e
R e c o r t a d o r a de p a p e l
P e r f o r a d o r a de a g u j e r o s - a j u s t a b l e
P e r f o r a d o r a a u t o m a t i c a de a g u j e r o s
G r a p a d o r a de p i n z a
G r a p a s - 6 mm
Pistola grapadora
G r a p a s - 4 mm
G r a p a s - 8 mm
G r a p a s - 14 mm
Cosedora g i g a n t e
G r a p a s - 10 mm
Cosedora e l é c t r i c a a u t o m a t i c a - 3 mm
Cosedora e l é c t r i c a a u t o m a t i c a - 16 mm
G r a p a s - 12 mm
G r a p a s - 16 mm
Grapadora
G r a p a s - 15 mm
G r a p a s - 20 mm
Cosedora e l é c t r i c a de un c a b e z a l
G r a p a s - 18 mm
Aparato p a r a unir bordes
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 4 , 5 mm
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 6 mm
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 8 mm
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 9 , 5 mm
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 11 mm
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 12,5 mm
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 14 mm
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 15,5 mm
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 18 mm
Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 20 mm
C u b i e r t a s de e n c u a d e r n a m i e n t o t r a n s p a r e n t e s
C u b i e r t a s de e n c u a d e r n a m i e n t o l a m i n a d a s
T e r m o - u n i d o r de b o r d e s e l é c t r i c o
C u b i e r t a - 1 mm
-234-
115-7.33B
II5.7.33C
115.7.33D
115.7.33E
115.7.33F
II5.7.33G
115.7.33H
115.7.34
115-7-34A
115.7.35
115.7.35A
115-7.35B
115.7.36
H5.7.36A
115.7.37
115.7.38
115.7.39
115.7.40
Cubierta - 3 mm
Cubierta - 6 mm
Cubierta - 9 mm
Cubierta - 12 mm
Cubierta - 15 mm
Cubierta - 18 mm
Cubierta - 21 mm
Aparato eléctrico de union de bordes con cola
Cola p a r a el a p a r a t o unidor de bordes
Laminadora p a r a hojas A4
Carpetas de plastico p a r a laminación, A7
Carpetas de p l a s t i c o p a r a laminación, A4
Laminadora p a r a rollos de papel
Rollo p a r a material de laminación t r a n s p a r e n t e
Maquina plegadora
Encolador - pequeño
Igulador
Encolador automatico
115-8.1
115.8.2
115.8.3
115.8.4
115.8.5
115-8.6
II5.8.7
115-8.8
II5.8.9
115-8.10
115-8.11
115.8.12
115.8.13
115.8.14
115-8.15
115.8.16
115.8.17
115.8.18
115.8.19
115-8.20
115-8.21
115.8.22
115.8.23
115.8.24
115-8.25
115-8.26
115-8.27
115-8.28
115-8.29
115.8.30
115.8.31
Maletin - pequeño
Maletin - grande
Reloj de p a r e d
Cronografo
Papelera
Bolsas de plastico - 15 litros
Papeleras
Bolsas de plastico - 40 litros
Acarreador de saco de plastico
Carretilla t r a n s p o r t a - p a q u e t e s
Escalera - 3 escalones
Escalera - 6 escalones
Botiquin
Camilla
Casco de protección
Casco protector con guarda-ojos
Gafas protectoras
Protector de orejas
Obturadores de oido
Guantes protectores con reborde de p l a s t i c o , tamaño medio
Guantes protectores con reborde de p l a s t i c o , grandes
Guantes protectores, tamaño medio
Guantes protectores, tamaño g r a n d e
Zapatos de protección
Mono, pequeño
Mono, mediano
Mono, g r a n d e
Cinturon de s e g u r i d a d
Extinctor de incendios
clase A
Extinctor de incendios
clase A, B, 2 kg
Extinctor de incendios
clase A, B, 6 ka
-235-
.8.32
.8.33
.8.34
.8.35
.8.36
.8.37
.8.38
.8.39
.8.40
.8.41
.8.42
.8.42A
.8.43
.8.43A
.8.44
.8.45
.8.46
.8.47
.8.48
.8.49
.8.50
.8.51
.8.52
.8.53
.8.54
.8.55
.8.56
.8.57
.8.57A
.8.58
.8.59
.8.60
.8.61
.8.62
.8.63
.8.64
.8.65
.8.66
.8.67
.8.68
.8.69
.8.70
.8.71
.8.72
.8.73
.8.74
Extinctor de incendios - clase B, E, 2 kg
Extinctor de incendios - clase B, E, 6 kg
Detector de humo
Hornillo de mesa - una plancha
Hornillo de mesa - dos p l a n c h a s
Hornillo a queroseno - un quemador
Hornillo a queroseno - dos quemadores
Calentador de agua eléctrico
Abrelatas manual
Vajilla de plastico
Linterna a queroseno - tipo de presión
Camisa de seda
Linterna a queroseno - tipo no presurizado
Mechas, p a r a l i n t e r n a s a queroseno
Saco de dormir
Tienda de campaña p a r a p a s a r la noche
Refrigerador - 60 litros
Refrigerador - 160 litros
Refrigerador con congelador
Caja refrigeradora
Nevera
Aspiradora
Ventilador de mesa
Ventilador de techo
Acondicionador de aire - 2.5 kWh
Acondicionador de aire - 3-2 kWh
Soplador de aire caliente
Calentador a queroseno
Mechas, p a r a calentador a queroseno
Linterna eléctrica
Generador - 300 W
Generador - 1500 W
Estabilizador de voltaje - 1000 W
Estabilizador de voltaje - 2000 W
Bateria s t a n d a r d tipo R6 (IEC)
Bateria tipo alcalino R6 (IEC)
Bateria recargable R6 (IEC)
Cargador u n i v e r s a l p a r a b a t e r í a s
Bateria s t a n d a r d R14 (IEC)
Bateria tipo alcalino R14 (IEC)
Bateria recargable R14 (IEC)
Bateria s t a n d a r d R20 (IEC)
Bateria tipo alcalino R20 (IEC)
Bateria recargable R20 (IEC)
Bateria s t a n d a r d 6F-22 (IEC)
Bateria tipo alcalino 6F-22 (IEC)
-236-
ILO
Date:
1
1
1
TECHNICAL CO-OPERATION EQUIPîCNT
AND SUBCONTRACTING BRANCH (EQUIPRO)
1 Request
1 No.:
I
EQUIPMENT REQUEST
I Month and year required:
1 Prepared by:
I
Project No.:
Country:
Port of entry:
Centre/final destination:
Workshop:
CTA's name and signature:
Name, title and signature of
authorised Government official:
Proposed mode of transport:
Language of related documentation:
Electricity supply:
Request
Item No.
Single Phase
V AC
Three Phase
V AC
Specifications/descriptions
ILO Form 694 (Rev. 1984)
-237-
Frequency
Hz
Qty
Remarks
"equivalent to ..."
e.g. EPG item no.
- 2 -
Request
Item No.
Speci fications/descriptions
-238ILO Form 694(2) (Rev. 1984)
Qty
Remarks
"equivalent to ...
e.g. EPG item no.
LIST OF ILO EQUIPMENT PLANNING GUIDES
Pages
Title
Guide No.
1
Machining and Fitting
Occupations
2
Tool a n d Die Making
2U
3
Welding
113
U
Sheetmetal
5
Automotive (second
6
Plumbing/Pipe Fitting
Occupations
7
Forging/Foundry/Heat
Treatment
8
Carpentry and
9
Electrical
189
Occupations
Occupations
US
(revised)
edition)
250
121
in
preparation
Joinery
134
Occupations
167
10
Electronics
11
Radio a n d T e l e v i s i o n
12
Masonry
13
L a y o u t s , Space R e q u i r e m e n t s
F a c i l i t i e s for C l a s s r o o m s ,
L a b o r a t o r i e s a n d Workshops
U
Refrigeration
15
A u d i o - V i s u a l , D r a u g h t i n g , Office,
Reproduction and other a n c i l l a r y
Equipment a n d Supplies
240
16
Hotel a n d
222
17
Forestry
276
a n d Air
Repair
139
and
Conditioning
Catering
in
preparation
in
preparation
U9
230
-239-
ILO T e c h n i c a l C o - o p e r a t i o n
and Subcontracting Branch
CH-1211 GENEVA 22
Switzerland
Reference:
The following
Equipment
(EQUIPRO)
ILO Equipment P l a n n i n g Guide No. 15
A u d i o v i s u a l , d r a u g h t i n g , office, r e p r o d u c t i o n
and other a n c i l l a r y equipment and supplies
s u g g e s t i o n s a r e g i v e n to i m p r o v e t h e
Name:
Institution:
Address:
Signature:
Date:
-240-
guide: